FolioCorpusBhagavad-gītā

7.15 · Instructions for Civilized Human Beings

75 verses
N Open on bhagavata.keshavaswami.com ↗
Read summary inline (12365 chars)

N - Narada's Instructions (11-15) Narada instructed Maharaja Yuddhistira about the foundational qualities of a civilised human being and the ingenious system of Varnasrama. For most conditioned souls, a gradual, step-by-step progression towards pure devotional service is required. The itinerant sage thus described the various social orders and occupations of life. Everyone should identify their natural position, honour their responsibilities, make a beneficial contribution to society, and ultimately draw closer to God as a result.

Previous Utilising Time Next Civilised Humans Last updated 1 year ago

N - Narada's Instructions (11-15)

N - Narada's Instructions (11-15) Narada instructed Maharaja Yuddhistira about the foundational qualities of a civilised human being and the ingenious system of Varnasrama. For most conditioned souls, a gradual, step-by-step progression towards pure devotional service is required. The itinerant sage thus described the various social orders and occupations of life. Everyone should identify their natural position, honour their responsibilities, make a beneficial contribution to society, and ultimately draw closer to God as a result.

Previous Utilising Time Next Civilised Humans Last updated 1 year ago

Brahmacarya / Vanaprastha

N - Narada's Instructions (11-15) Brahmacarya / Vanaprastha Chapter 12 Narada described the characteristics of brahmacaris . The essential principles are to live under the care of a guru, engage in scriptural study, minimise bodily necessities, survive by begging, control the mind and senses, and avoid association with women. After completing his training, the student can enter into family life or continue on the path of renunciation. Narada next described the lifestyle of vanaprasthas , who should adopt simplicity in bodily habits, live in the forest or travel to holy places, and engage in austerities which deepen their sense of detachment. Step-by-step, the vanaprasthas should give up material conceptions, especially the deep-rooted psychology that “I am this body, and everything connected with this body is mine.”

Previous Civilised Humans Next Sannyasa Last updated 1 year ago

Civilised Humans

N - Narada's Instructions (11-15) Civilised Humans Chapter 11 Having heard about the exalted character of Prahlada, Maharaja Yuddhistira enquired about the gradual development towards such purity through adherence to the system of Varnasrama. Thus, Narada Muni described this system which the Lord Himself creates. He began by outlining a list of thirty preliminary qualities that are expected of any civilised human being. Those who possess such character are fit candidates to participate in the system of Varnasrama, otherwise they will invariably cause a disturbance to society. He went on to describe the divisions of brahmana , ksatriya , vaisya and sudra . Each have specific qualities and strengths, and adhere to certain principles, though they may adjust the details of their activities according to time, place and circumstance. A crucial point to note is that one’s position is determined by their character and qualities, and not birth. Narada then delineated the temperament and activities of a chaste wife.

Previous N - Narada's Instructions (11-15) Next Brahmacarya / Vanaprastha Last updated 1 year ago

Finding Dharma

N - Narada's Instructions (11-15) Finding Dharma “Generally society is divided into brahmanas, ksatriyas, vasiyas, sudras, brahmacaris, vanaprasthas, sannyasis and grhasthas. Everyone must act according to his position and try to please the Supreme Personality of Godhead, for that will make one’s life successful. This was instructed in Naimisaranya: “O best among the twice-born, it is therefore concluded that the highest perfection one can achieve, by discharging his prescribed duties [dharma] according to caste divisions and order of life, is to please the Lord Hari.” (SB 1.2.13) Everyone should act according to his occupational duties just to please the Supreme Personality of Godhead. Then everyone will be happy.” (SB 7.15.66) There are two verses which Krishna repeats twice, practically verbatim, in the Bhagavad-gita. Firstly, Krishna reminds Arjuna of the need to embrace one’s material duties: “It is far better to discharge one’s prescribed duties, even though faultily, than another’s duties perfectly. Destruction in the course of performing one’s own duty is better than engaging in another’s duties, for to follow another’s path is dangerous.” (BG 3.35). Further, Krishna tells Arjuna of the ultimate duty: “Engage your mind always in thinking of Me, become My devotee, offer obeisances to Me and worship Me. Being completely absorbed in Me, surely you will come to Me.” (BG 9.34) These two verses relate to the absolute necessity of embracing sva-dharma , or worldy duty in this life, and simultaneously perfecting sanatana-dharma , or ultimate duty in spiritual life. In order to fulfil these purposes and navigate the material world, Narada Muni also described manusya-dharma (qualities of civilised beings) which forms the foundation of a successful life.

Find your Dharma

In recent times, a common theme has repeatedly surfaced in the modern world: the need to find your purpose, your nature, your contribution and calling. This is not a new message, since the sages of yore repeatedly addressed this. Here’s an exercise: grab a piece of paper, pick up a pen, and quickly scribble down your name using your non-writing hand. Unless you’re ambidextrous, the experience is usually common to all – it’s slow and tiring, requires excessive effort and attention, feels uncomfortable and abnormal, and usually concludes in a lousylooking attempt. These are some of the feelings we experience when we operate outside of our dharma (nature, or unique function in life).

We live in a noisy world, and, in the midst of it, struggle to hear the heart. Tuning into our inner calling, however, is where the real journey begins, otherwise we may well be careering down a no-through road. Happy and fulfilled people utilise wisdom and guidance to accurately understand what makes them tick. It’s a simple but neglected principle of life.

Live your Dharma

The problem can, however, go beyond this. Just as difficult as finding your dharma , is to wholeheartedly live your dharma . Even when we know what we are ‘hard-wired’ for, too many things deviate us from the path we should be treading. The expectations of others, the desire for praise and accolade, the restlessness and intrigue of trying new things, and the perpetual illusion that the grass is greener on the other side, are all factors which lure us towards the unnatural, and set us up for disappointment and failure. Honest living is about doing what you are truly meant for, however big or small, in whatever field or arena, regardless of pressure and public opinion. Everyone, without exception, has something unique to bring to the table. We only have to find it and feed it.

Beyond your Dharma

Dharmic living doesn’t mean boring or average living, or avoidance of challenge and risk. In fact, it’s quite the opposite – to capitalise on strengths, cover our weaknesses, develop naturally, and focus all energy in a way which yields maximum impact. In the name of dharma we should not become lazy or lethargic – it’s meant to be a life which dynamically bends you without breaking you. Dharmic living also incorporates the willingness, flexibility and readiness to sometimes act outside of our dharma . The spirit of sacrifice is at the heart of character development. In fact, being strongly situated in our dharma should render us more capable and equipped to respond to the unpredictable needs of the day. Following your dharma should not be an excuse to circumvent the essential mood of being a flexible, selfless servant.

Previous Narada's History Next Self Discovery Last updated 1 year ago

Self Discovery

N - Narada's Instructions (11-15) Finding Dharma Self Discovery As mentioned, the journey of self-discovery, on a material and spiritual level, is not easy in today’s day and age. With regards to finding your sva-dharma , here are some useful tips: Analyse – reflect on your qualities and character, and conduct a personality test. Try to identify those things you are good at, and those things you are attracted to. The overlap between those two lists indicate integral parts of your dharma . Ask – draw upon the advice of friends, mentors and coaches. We can’t always analyse ourselves in an objective way, but neutral (and informed) observers can offer greater clarity. Attempt – try different things, experiment and don’t be afraid to fail. Even when we attempt something and find it’s completely unsuitable, it helps us to decipher what may well be suitable. We should embrace the growth and wisdom that comes with failure.

Previous Finding Dharma Next G.O.L.D Last updated 1 year ago

Grhasta

N - Narada's Instructions (11-15) Grhasta Chapter 14 Narada then described the occupational duties of the householder according to the time, the country and the performer. Essential activities include associating with saintly persons, absorption in hearing and chanting, simplicity in lifestyle, protection of other members of society, honouring ritualistic observances, offering charity, going on pilgrimage and spreading Krishna consciousness.

Previous Sannyasa Next Levels of Brahmanas Last updated 1 year ago

Levels of Brahmanas

N - Narada's Instructions (11-15) Levels of Brahmanas Chapter 15 Narada went on to discuss the refined qualities of civilised people which include non-violence, satisfaction and simplicity. He expertly presented how one can overcome negative qualities by incorporating higher principles into their life. When each asrama lives by such principles and strictly adheres to their respective duties, there is smooth social cohesion and substantial spiritual advancement. Having established the importance of the priestly class in society, Narada expanded on the various levels of brahmana . Some are attached to fruitive activities for social betterment (mostly grhastas ), others are attracted to austerities and penances (mostly vanaprasthas ), yet others are interested in studying the Vedas and teaching them (mostly brahmacaris ), and the remaining are engaged in yoga systems like bhakti and jnana (mostly sannyasis ).

Previous Grhasta Next Narada's History Last updated 1 year ago

Narada's History

N - Narada's Instructions (11-15) Narada's History Chapter 15 Narada concluded his instructions to Maharaja Yuddhistira by recounting his own history. Previously, he was a Gandharva named Upabarhana. When he made the mistake of glorifying the demigods in a festival for the Supreme Lord, he was cursed to be reborn as the son of a maidservant. In that life, however, he served the exalted devotees, and subsequently became Narada, the son of Lord Brahma. Such is the spiritual mercy that pure Vaisnavas can bestow upon someone. Having described various descendants of the daughters of Daksa, Sukadeva Goswami thus concluded Canto Seven of Srimad-Bhagavatam.

Previous Levels of Brahmanas Next Finding Dharma Last updated 1 year ago

Sannyasa

N - Narada's Instructions (11-15) Sannyasa Chapter 13 Narada outlined the qualities of a sannyasi . Essential elements include simple living, travelling, begging, not drawing attention to oneself, becoming socially unentangled, peaceful, equipoised and absorbed in Krishna. In this regard, Narada described the life of a saintly mendicant who remained aloof from society (avadhuta paramahamsa) and displayed symptoms of deep renunciation and detachment. Once, when questioned by Prahlada, the avadhuta explained his life story. After experiencing the false promises of material life and the emptiness of sense enjoyment, which always leads to frustration, the avadhuta turned away from such activities. He adopted the livelihood of a python (ajagara-vrtti) , which stays in one place and eats only those things which come of their own accord. In this way, he offered many enlightening insights on the nature of the world and where our true happiness is to be found.

Previous Brahmacarya / Vanaprastha Next Grhasta Last updated 1 year ago

— S.B. Keshava Swami, Book Bhagavata

Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam 7.15.1

↗
శ్రీనారద ఉవాచ కర్మనిష్ఠా ద్విజా: కేచిత్తపోనిష్ఠా నృపాపరే । స్వాధ్యాయేఽన్యే ప్రవచనే కేచన జ్ఞానయోగయో: ॥ ౧ ॥
śrī-nārada uvāca
[shree-naarada uvaacha]
karma-niṣṭhā dvijāḥ kecit
[karma-nishthaa dvijaah kechit]
tapo-niṣṭhā nṛpāpare
[tapo-nishthaa nripaapare]
svādhyāye ’nye pravacane
[svaadhyaaye ’nye pravachane]
kecana jṣāna-yogayoḥ
[kechana jshaana-yogayoh]
śrī-nāradaḥ uvāca — Nārada Muni said karma-niṣṭhāḥ — attached to ritualistic ceremonies (according to one’s social status as a brāhmaṇa, kṣatriya, vaiśya or śūdra) dvi-jāḥ — the twice-born (especially the brāhmaṇas) kecit — some tapaḥ-niṣṭhāḥ — very much attached to austerities and penances nṛpa — O King apare — others svādhyāye — in studying Vedic literature anye — others pravacane — delivering speeches on Vedic literature kecana — some jṣāna-yogayoḥ — in culturing knowledge and practicing bhakti-yoga..
Blended reading (Sanskrit + English inline)
śrī-nārada uvāca
śrī-nāradaḥ uvāca
Nārada Muni said
karma-niṣṭhā dvijāḥ kecit
karma-niṣṭhāḥ
attached to ritualistic ceremonies (according to one’s social status as a brāhmaṇa, kṣatriya, vaiśya or śūdra)
dvi-jāḥ
the twice-born (especially the brāhmaṇas)
kecit
some
tapo-niṣṭhā nṛpāpare
tapaḥ-niṣṭhāḥ
very much attached to austerities and penances
nṛpa
O King
apare
others
svādhyāye ’nye pravacane
svādhyāye
in studying Vedic literature
anye
others
pravacane
delivering speeches on Vedic literature
kecana jṣāna-yogayoḥ
kecana
some
jṣāna-yogayoḥ
in culturing knowledge and practicing bhakti-yoga..
Nārada Muni continued: My dear King, some brāhmaṇas are very much attached to fruitive activities, some are attached to austerities and penances, and still others study the Vedic literature, whereas some, although very few, cultivate knowledge and practice different yogas, especially bhakti-yoga.
Viśvanātha Cakravartī Ṭhākura Gauḍīya
Translation
Some brāhmaṇas are devoted to performing rituals and duties. Some are devoted to austerity. Some are devoted to studying and preaching the Vedas. Some are devoted to jṣāna-yoga. The Fifteenth Chapter describes all the rules for the householder, and ends with a summary. In the previous chapter the superiority of the brāhmaṇa was described. Among the brāhmaṇas there are gradations. The householder fixed in karma is a vipra. When he is fixed in austerity he is a vanaprastha. When he is fixed in study and teaching he is a brahmacārī. When he is fixed in jṣāna-yoga he is a sannyāsī. The word niṣṭhā should be understood to be included with each phrase. The latter are superior to the former in the list.
📝 My note

Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam 7.15.2

↗
జ్ఞాననిష్ఠాయ దేయాని కవ్యాన్యానన్త్యమిచ్ఛతా । దైవే చ తదభావే స్యాదితరేభ్యో యథార్హత: ॥ ౨ ॥
jṣāna-niṣṭhāya deyāni
[jshaana-nishthaaya deyaani]
kavyāny ānantyam icchatā
[kavyaany aanantyam ichchataa]
daive ca tad-abhāve syād
[daive cha tad-abhaave syaad]
itarebhyo yathārhataḥ
[itarebhyo yathaarhatah]
jṣāna-niṣṭhāya — to the impersonalist or the transcendentalist desiring to merge into the Supreme deyāni — to be given in charity kavyāni — ingredients offered to the forefathers as oblations ānantyam — liberation from material bondage icchatā — by a person desiring daive — the ingredients to be offered to the demigods ca — also tat-abhāve — in the absence of such advanced transcendentalists syāt — it should be done itarebhyaḥ — to others (namely, those addicted to fruitive activities) yathā-arhataḥ — comparatively or with discrimination.
Blended reading (Sanskrit + English inline)
jṣāna-niṣṭhāya deyāni
jṣāna-niṣṭhāya
to the impersonalist or the transcendentalist desiring to merge into the Supreme
deyāni
to be given in charity
kavyāny ānantyam icchatā
kavyāni
ingredients offered to the forefathers as oblations
ānantyam
liberation from material bondage
icchatā
by a person desiring
daive ca tad-abhāve syād
daive
the ingredients to be offered to the demigods
ca
also
tat-abhāve
in the absence of such advanced transcendentalists
syāt
it should be done
itarebhyo yathārhataḥ
itarebhyaḥ
to others (namely, those addicted to fruitive activities)
yathā-arhataḥ
comparatively or with discrimination.
A person desiring liberation for his forefathers or himself should give charity to a brāhmaṇa who adheres to impersonal monism [jṣāna-niṣṭhā]. In the absence of such an advanced brāhmaṇa, charity may be given to a brāhmaṇa addicted to fruitive activities [karma-kāṇḍa].

There are two processes by which to get free from material bondage. One involves jṣāna-kāṇḍa and karma-kāṇḍa, and the other involves upāsanā-kāṇḍa. Vaiṣṇavas never want to merge into the existence of the Supreme; rather, they want to be everlastingly servants of the Lord to render loving service unto Him. In this verse the words ānantyam icchatā refer to persons who desire to achieve liberation from material bondage and merge into the existence of the Lord. Devotees, however, whose objective is to associate personally with the Lord, have no desire to accept the activities of karma-kāṇḍa or jṣāna-kāṇḍa, for pure devotional service is above both karma-kāṇḍa and jṣāna-kāṇḍa. Anyābhilāṣitā-śūnyaṁ jṣāna-karmādy-anāvṛtam. In pure devotional service there is not even a pinch of jṣāna or karma. Consequently, when Vaiṣṇavas distribute charity, they do not need to find a brāhmaṇa performing the activities of jṣāna-kāṇḍa or karma-kāṇḍa. The best example in this regard is provided by Advaita Gosvāmī, who, after performing the śrāddha ceremony for his father, offered charity to Haridāsa Ṭhākura, although it was known to everyone that Haridāsa Ṭhākura was born in a Mohammedan family, not a brāhmaṇa family, and was not interested in the activities of jṣāna-kāṇḍa or karma-kāṇḍa.

Charity, therefore, should be given to the first-class transcendentalist, the devotee, because the śāstras recommend:

muktānām api siddhānāṁ nārāyaṇa-parāyaṇaḥ sudurlabhaḥ praśāntātmā koṭiṣv api mahā-mune

“O great sage, among many millions who are liberated and perfect in knowledge of liberation, one may be a devotee of Lord Nārāyaṇa, or Kṛṣṇa. Such devotees, who are fully peaceful, are extremely rare.” ( Bhāg. 6.14.5 ) A Vaiṣṇava is in a higher position than a jṣānī, and therefore Advaita Ācārya selected Haridāsa Ṭhākura to be the person to accept His charity. The Supreme Lord also says:

na me ’bhaktaś catur-vedī mad-bhaktaḥ śva-pacaḥ priyaḥ tasmai deyaṁ tato grāhyaṁ sa ca pūjyo yathā hy aham

“Even though a person is a very learned scholar of the Sanskrit Vedic literatures, he is not accepted as My devotee unless he is pure in devotional service. However, even though a person is born in a family of dog-eaters, he is very dear to Me if he is a pure devotee who has no motive to enjoy fruitive activity or mental speculation. Indeed, all respect should be given to him, and whatever he offers should be accepted. Such devotees are as worshipable as I am.” ( Hari-bhakti-vilāsa 10.127) Therefore, even if not born in a brāhmaṇa family, a devotee, because of his devotion to the Lord, is above all kinds of brāhmaṇas, whether they be karma-kāṇḍīs or jṣāna-kāṇḍīs.

In this regard, it may be mentioned that brāhmaṇas in Vṛndāvana who are karma-kāṇḍīs and jṣāna-kāṇḍīs sometimes decline to accept invitations to our temple because our temple is known as the aṅgarejī temple, or “Anglican temple.” But in accordance with the evidence given in the śāstra and the example set by Advaita Ācārya, we give prasāda to devotees regardless of whether they come from India, Europe or America. It is the conclusion of the śāstra that instead of feeding many jṣāna-kāṇḍī or karma-kāṇḍī brāhmaṇas, it is better to feed a pure Vaiṣṇava, regardless of where he comes from. This is also confirmed in Bhagavad-gītā (9.30) :

api cet sudurācāro bhajate mām ananya-bhāk sādhur eva sa mantavyaḥ samyag vyavasito hi saḥ

“Even if one commits the most abominable actions, if he is engaged in devotional service he is to be considered saintly because he is properly situated.” Thus it doesn’t matter whether a devotee comes from a brāhmaṇa family or non- brāhmaṇa family; if he is fully devoted to Kṛṣṇa, he is a sādhu.

— A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupāda
Viśvanātha Cakravartī Ṭhākura Gauḍīya
Translation
A person desiring liberation for his forefathers or himself should give offerings meant for the Pitṛs or the devatās to a brāhmaṇa who is fixed in jṣāna. In the absence of such an advanced brāhmaṇa, charity may be given to other brāhmaṇas. Kavyāni refers to offerings meant for the Pitṛs. Daive refers to offerings meant for the devatās. Those articles should be offered to a brāhmaṇa fixed in jṣāna in order to achieve liberation for oneself or one’s ancestors. It is mentioned here that the householders desiring liberation should serve the sannyāsīs, because the subject of liberation is also included in these last five chapters. Though those practicing pure bhakti should not perform karma, the devotees who are householders are included when discussing about karma and jṣāna. However, by performing these actions of karma through appointed representatives, just as Bharata or Ambarīṣa did to preserve the normal social standards, they do not produce obstacles to bhakti. The Fifth and Eleventh Cantos explain that just as the person desiring liberation worships mainly the jṣānī, and does not worship others, so the person desiring prema worships mainly the pure devotees. Vai puṇyatamo deśaḥ: the best place is where the devotee resides. (SB 7.14.21) The devotee is said to be superior to the jṣānī: muktānām api siddhānāṁ nārāyaṇa-parāyaṇaḥ su-durlabhaḥ praśāntātmā koṭiṣv api mahā-mune O great sage! Greater than those who are jīvanmukta and those who attain liberation is the devotee of Lord Nārāyaṇa. Such as devotee, who is in śānta or another rasa, is very rare, even among ten million people. SB 6.14.5 It is also said that gifts can be given to someone other than a brāhmaṇa if he is a devotee: na me priyaś catur-vedi mad-bhaktaḥ śvapacaḥ priyaḥ tasmai deyaṁ tato grāhyaṁ sa ca pūjyo yathā hy aham If a brāhmaṇa, well-versed in the four Vedas is not a devotee, he is not dear to me, but if a person, though born in a Caṇḍāla family, is a devotee, then he is very dear to me. His remnants must be accepted by all. One should know him to be worthy of everyone’s worship just as I am. Itihāsa-samuccaya Immature persons (kaniṣṭādhikāris) or the jṣānīs are recommended to worship the deity when enmity between living entities becomes prominent, as mentioned in the previous chapter. dṛṣṭvā teṣāṁ mitho nṛṇām avajṣānātmatāṁ nṛpa tretādiṣu harer arcā kriyāyai kavibhiḥ kṛtā My dear King, when great sages saw that people were disrespectful of each other at the beginning of Tretā-yuga, deity worship in the temple was introduced. SB 7.14.39 This statement however does not apply to the devotees. For the devotees, worship of the deity is a principal aṅga of bhakti. mal-liṅga-mad-bhakta-jana- darśana-sparśanārcanam paricaryā stutiḥ prahva-guṇa-karmānukīrtanam One may purify oneself by seeing, touching, worshiping, serving, and offering prayers of glorification and obeisances to my form as the deity and to my pure devotees. One should also glorify my transcendental qualities and activities, hear with love and faith the narrations of my glories and constantly meditate on me. SB 11.11.34 mamārcā-sthāpane śraddhā svataḥ saṁhatya codyamaḥ One should faithfully and lovingly support the installation of my deity. SB 11.11.38 vastropavītābharaṇa-patra-srag-gandha-lepanaiḥ alaṅkurvīta sa-prema mad-bhakto māṁ yathocitam My devotee should then lovingly decorate me with clothing, a brāhmaṇa thread, various ornaments, marks of tilaka and garlands, and he should anoint my body with fragrant oils, all in the prescribed manner. SB 11.27.32 Those who are considered foolish in regards to the deity are the jṣānīs. In the Nṛsiṁha Purāṇa also the great glory of worshipping the deity is mentioned, with descriptions of worship by Brahmā and Ambarīṣa. In the Viṣṇu-dharma was as well Viṣṇu speaks to Ambarīṣa: tasyāṁ cittaṁ samāveśya tyajatānyān vyapāśrayān pūjitā saiva te bhaktyā dhyātā caivopakāriṇī gacchaṁs tiṣṭhan svapan bhuṣjaṁs tām evāgre ca pṛṣṭhataḥ upary adhas tathā pārśve cintayaṁs tām athātmanaḥ Absorbing the mind in the deity, and giving up all else, one should with devotion worship the deity, one’s benefactor, and meditate on the deity. While walking, standing, sleeping or eating, one should think of the Lord in front, behind, above, below and at one’s side. Skanda Purāṇa says śālagrāmaśilā yatra tattīrthaṁ yojanatrayam: the place extending three yojanas around the śālagrāma is holy. Padma Purāṇa says: śālagrāma samīpe tu krośa-mātraṁ samantataḥ kīkaṭe ’pi mṛto yāti vaikuṇṭha-bhavanaṁ naraḥ The person who dies near a śālagrāma or a distance of a krośa from it, even in Kīkata, goes to Vaikuṇṭha.
Related verses
📝 My note

Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam 7.15.3

↗
ద్వౌ దైవే పితృకార్యే త్రీనేకైకముభయత్ర వా । భోజయేత్సుసమృద్ధోఽపి శ్రాద్ధే కుర్యాన్న విస్తరమ్ ॥ ౩ ॥
dvau daive pitṛ-kārye trīn
[dvau daive pitri-kaarye treen]
ekaikam ubhayatra vā
[ekaikam ubhayatra vaa]
bhojayet susamṛddho ’pi
[bhojayet susamriddho ’pi]
śrāddhe kuryān na vistaram
[shraaddhe kuryaan na vistaram]
dvau — two daive — during the period when oblations are offered to the demigods pitṛ-kārye — in the śrāddha ceremony, in which oblations are offered to the forefathers trīn — three eka — one ekam — one ubhayatra — for both occasions vā — either bhojayet — one should feed su-samṛddhaḥ api — even though one is very rich śrāddhe — when offering oblations to the forefathers kuryāt — one should do na — not vistaram — very expensive arrangements.
Blended reading (Sanskrit + English inline)
dvau daive pitṛ-kārye trīn
dvau
two
daive
during the period when oblations are offered to the demigods
pitṛ-kārye
in the śrāddha ceremony, in which oblations are offered to the forefathers
trīn
three
ekaikam ubhayatra vā
eka
one
bhojayet susamṛddho ’pi
śrāddhe kuryān na vistaram
ekam
one
ubhayatra
for both occasions
vā
either
bhojayet
one should feed
su-samṛddhaḥ api
even though one is very rich
śrāddhe
when offering oblations to the forefathers
kuryāt
one should do
na
not
vistaram
very expensive arrangements.
During the period for offering oblations to the demigods, one should invite only two brāhmaṇas, and while offering oblations to the forefathers, one may invite three brāhmaṇas. Or, in either case, only one brāhmaṇa will suffice. Even though one is very opulent, he should not endeavor to invite more brāhmaṇas or make various expensive arrangements on those occasions.

As we have already mentioned, Śrīla Advaita Ācārya, during the generally observed ceremony to offer oblations to the forefathers, invited only Haridāsa Ṭhākura. Thus He followed this principle: na me ’bhaktaś catur-vedī mad-bhaktaḥ śva-pacaḥ priyaḥ. The Lord says, “It is not necessary that one become very expert in Vedic knowledge before he can become My bhakta, or devotee. Even if one is born in a family of dog-eaters, he can become My devotee and be very dear to Me, in spite of having taken birth in such a family. Therefore, offerings should be given to My devotee, and whatever My devotee has offered Me should be accepted.” Following this principle, one should invite a first-class brāhmaṇa or Vaiṣṇava — a realized soul — and feed him while observing the śrāddha ceremony to offer oblations to one’s forefathers.

— A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupāda
Viśvanātha Cakravartī Ṭhākura Gauḍīya
Translation
In offering oblations to the devatās, one should invite only two brāhmaṇas, and in offering oblations to the forefathers, one may invite three brāhmaṇas. Or, in either case, only one brāhmaṇa will also suffice. Even though one is wealthy, he should not endeavor to invite more brāhmaṇas. Vistaram means “many recipients.”
📝 My note

Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam 7.15.4

↗
దేశకాలోచితశ్రద్ధాద్రవ్యపాత్రార్హణాని చ । సమ్యగ్భవన్తి నైతాని విస్తరాత్స్వజనార్పణాత్ ॥ ౪ ॥
deśa-kālocita-śraddhā-
[desha-kaalochita-shraddhaa-]
dravya-pātrārhaṇāni ca
[dravya-paatraarhanaani cha]
samyag bhavanti naitāni
[samyag bhavanti naitaani]
vistarāt sva-janārpaṇāt
[vistaraat sva-janaarpanaat]
deśa — place kāla — time ucita — proper śraddhā — respect dravya — ingredients pātra — a suitable person arhaṇāni — paraphernalia for worship ca — and samyak — proper bhavanti — are na — not etāni — all these vistarāt — due to expansion sva-jana-arpaṇāt — or due to inviting relatives.
Blended reading (Sanskrit + English inline)
deśa-kālocita-śraddhā-
deśa
place
kāla
time
ucita
proper
śraddhā
respect
dravya-pātrārhaṇāni ca
dravya
ingredients
pātra
a suitable person
arhaṇāni
paraphernalia for worship
ca
and
samyag bhavanti naitāni
samyak
proper
bhavanti
are
na
not
etāni
all these
vistarāt sva-janārpaṇāt
vistarāt
due to expansion
sva-jana-arpaṇāt
or due to inviting relatives.
If one arranges to feed many brāhmaṇas or relatives during the śrāddha ceremony, there will be discrepancies in the time, place, respectability and ingredients, the person to be worshiped, and the method of offering worship.

Nārada Muni has prohibited unnecessarily gorgeous arrangements to feed relatives or brāhmaṇas during the śrāddha ceremony. Those who are materially opulent spend lavishly during this ceremony. Indians spend especially lavishly on three occasions — at the birth of a child, at marriage and while observing the śrāddha ceremony — but the śāstras prohibit the excessive expenditures involved in inviting many brāhmaṇas and relatives, especially during the śrāddha ceremony.

— A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupāda
Viśvanātha Cakravartī Ṭhākura Gauḍīya
Translation
If one arranges to feed many brāhmaṇas or relatives during the śrāddha ceremony, there will be discrepancies in the time, place, respect, eligible persons and ingredients. If many relatives are invited, the respect to the Pitṛs will be overlooked.
📝 My note

Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam 7.15.5

↗
దేశే కాలే చ సమ్ప్రాప్తే మున్యన్నం హరిదైవతమ్ । శ్రద్ధయా విధివత్పాత్రే న్యస్తం కామధుగక్షయమ్ ॥ ౫ ॥
deśe kāle ca samprāpte
[deshe kaale cha sampraapte]
muny-annaṁ hari-daivatam
[muny-annam hari-daivatam]
śraddhayā vidhivat pātre
[shraddhayaa vidhivat paatre]
nyastaṁ kāmadhug akṣayam
[nyastam kaamadhug akshayam]
deśe — in a proper place, namely a holy place of pilgrimage kāle — at an auspicious time ca — also samprāpte — when available muni-annam — foodstuffs prepared with ghee and suitable to be eaten by great saintly persons hari-daivatam — unto the Supreme Personality of Godhead, Hari śraddhayā — with love and affection vidhi-vat — according to the directions of the spiritual master and the śāstras pātre — unto the suitable person nyastam — if it is so offered kāmadhuk — becomes a source of prosperity akṣayam — everlasting.
Blended reading (Sanskrit + English inline)
deśe kāle ca samprāpte
deśe
in a proper place, namely a holy place of pilgrimage
kāle
at an auspicious time
ca
also
samprāpte
when available
muny-annaṁ hari-daivatam
muni-annam
foodstuffs prepared with ghee and suitable to be eaten by great saintly persons
hari-daivatam
unto the Supreme Personality of Godhead, Hari
śraddhayā vidhivat pātre
śraddhayā
with love and affection
vidhi-vat
according to the directions of the spiritual master and the śāstras
pātre
unto the suitable person
nyastaṁ kāmadhug akṣayam
nyastam
if it is so offered
kāmadhuk
becomes a source of prosperity
akṣayam
everlasting.
When one gets the opportunity of a suitable auspicious time and place, one should, with love, offer food prepared with ghee to the Deity of the Supreme Personality of Godhead and then offer the prasāda to a suitable person — a Vaiṣṇava or brāhmaṇa. This will be the cause of everlasting prosperity.
Viśvanātha Cakravartī Ṭhākura Gauḍīya
Translation
At a suitable auspicious time and place, one should with faith offer food which has been offered to the deity to a suitable person. This will be the cause of everlasting benefit. Muny-annam is forest food or food gained by proper means. It should first be offered to Viṣṇu. Then it is given to the Pitṛs. Then it is given to suitable person.
📝 My note

Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam 7.15.6

↗
దేవర్షిపితృభూతేభ్య ఆత్మనే స్వజనాయ చ । అన్నం సంవిభజన్పశ్యేత్సర్వం తత్పురుషాత్మకమ్ ॥ ౬ ॥
devarṣi-pitṛ-bhūtebhya
[devarshi-pitri-bhootebhya]
ātmane sva-janāya ca
[aatmane sva-janaaya cha]
annaṁ saṁvibhajan paśyet
[annam samvibhajan pashyet]
sarvaṁ tat puruṣātmakam
[sarvam tat purushaatmakam]
deva — unto the demigods ṛṣi — saintly persons pitṛ — forefathers bhūtebhyaḥ — the living entities in general ātmane — relatives sva-janāya — family members and friends ca — and annam — foodstuff (prasāda) saṁvibhajan — offering paśyet — one should see sarvam — all tat — them puruṣa-ātmakam — related to the Supreme Personality of Godhead.
Blended reading (Sanskrit + English inline)
devarṣi-pitṛ-bhūtebhya
deva
unto the demigods
ṛṣi
saintly persons
pitṛ
forefathers
bhūtebhyaḥ
the living entities in general
ātmane sva-janāya ca
ātmane
relatives
sva-janāya
family members and friends
ca
and
annaṁ saṁvibhajan paśyet
annam
foodstuff (prasāda)
saṁvibhajan
offering
paśyet
one should see
sarvaṁ tat puruṣātmakam
sarvam
all
tat
them
puruṣa-ātmakam
related to the Supreme Personality of Godhead.
One should offer prasāda to the demigods, the saintly persons, one’s forefathers, the people in general, one’s family members, one’s relatives and one’s friends, seeing them all as devotees of the Supreme Personality of Godhead.

As mentioned above, it is recommended that everyone distribute prasāda, considering every living being a part and parcel of the Supreme Lord. Even in feeding the poor, one should distribute prasāda. In Kali-yuga there is a scarcity of food almost every year, and thus philanthropists spend lavishly to feed the poor. For this they invent the term daridra-nārāyaṇa-sevā. This is prohibited. One should distribute sumptuous prasāda, considering everyone a part of the Supreme Lord, but one should not juggle words to make a poor man Nārāyaṇa. Everyone is related to the Supreme Lord, but one should not mistakenly think that because one is related to the Supreme Personality of Godhead, he has become the Supreme Personality of Godhead, Nārāyaṇa. Such a Māyāvāda philosophy is extremely dangerous, especially for a devotee. Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu has therefore strictly forbidden us to associate with Māyāvādī philosophers. Māyāvādi-bhāṣya śunile haya sarva-nāśa: if one associates with the Māyāvāda philosophy, his devotional life is doomed.

— A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupāda
Viśvanātha Cakravartī Ṭhākura Gauḍīya
Translation
In offering prasāda to the devatās, the saintly persons, one’s forefathers, the people in general, one’s family members, one’s relatives and one’s friends, one should see them all as devotees of the Supreme Lord.
📝 My note

Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam 7.15.7

↗
న దద్యాదామిషం శ్రాద్ధే న చాద్యాద్ధర్మతత్త్వవిత్ । మున్యన్నై: స్యాత్పరా ప్రీతిర్యథా న పశుహింసయా ॥ ౭ ॥
na dadyād āmiṣaṁ śrāddhe
[na dadyaad aamisham shraaddhe]
na cādyād dharma-tattvavit
[na chaadyaad dharma-tattvavit]
muny-annaiḥ syāt parā prītir
[muny-annaih syaat paraa preetir]
yathā na paśu-hiṁsayā
[yathaa na pashu-himsayaa]
na — never dadyāt — should offer āmiṣam — meat, fish, eggs and so on śrāddhe — in the performance of the śrāddha ceremony na — nor ca — also adyāt — one should eat personally dharma-tattva-vit — one who is actually learned in regard to religious activities muni-annaiḥ — by preparations made with ghee for saintly persons syāt — should be parā — first-class prītiḥ — satisfaction yathā — for the forefathers and the Supreme Personality of Godhead na — not paśu-hiṁsayā — by killing animals unnecessarily.
Blended reading (Sanskrit + English inline)
na dadyād āmiṣaṁ śrāddhe
na
never
dadyāt
should offer
āmiṣam
meat, fish, eggs and so on
śrāddhe
in the performance of the śrāddha ceremony
na cādyād dharma-tattvavit
na
nor
ca
also
adyāt
one should eat personally
dharma-tattva-vit
one who is actually learned in regard to religious activities
muny-annaiḥ syāt parā prītir
muni-annaiḥ
by preparations made with ghee for saintly persons
syāt
should be
parā
first-class
prītiḥ
satisfaction
yathā na paśu-hiṁsayā
yathā
for the forefathers and the Supreme Personality of Godhead
na
not
paśu-hiṁsayā
by killing animals unnecessarily.
A person fully aware of religious principles should never offer anything like meat, eggs or fish in the śrāddha ceremony, and even if one is a kṣatriya, he himself should not eat such things. When suitable food prepared with ghee is offered to saintly persons, the function is pleasing to the forefathers and the Supreme Lord, who are never pleased when animals are killed in the name of sacrifice.
Viśvanātha Cakravartī Ṭhākura Gauḍīya
Translation
A person fully aware of religious principles should never offer meat, eggs or fish in the śrāddha ceremony, and should not eat such things. The Supreme Lord is pleased by forest offerings and is never pleased when animals are killed.
📝 My note

Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam 7.15.8

↗
నైతాద‍ృశ: పరో ధర్మో నృణాం సద్ధర్మమిచ్ఛతామ్ । న్యాసో దణ్డస్య భూతేషు మనోవాక్కాయజస్య య: ॥ ౮ ॥
naitādṛśaḥ paro dharmo
[naitaadrishah paro dharmo]
nṛṇāṁ sad-dharmam icchatām
[nrinaam sad-dharmam ichchataam]
nyāso daṇḍasya bhūteṣu
[nyaaso dandasya bhooteshu]
mano-vāk-kāyajasya yaḥ
[mano-vaak-kaayajasya yah]
na — never etādṛśaḥ — like this paraḥ — a supreme or superior dharmaḥ — religion nṛṇām — of persons sat-dharmam — superior religion icchatām — being desirous of nyāsaḥ — giving up daṇḍasya — causing trouble because of envy bhūteṣu — unto the living entities manaḥ — in terms of the mind vāk — words kāya-jasya — and body yaḥ — which.
Blended reading (Sanskrit + English inline)
naitādṛśaḥ paro dharmo
na
never
etādṛśaḥ
like this
paraḥ
a supreme or superior
dharmaḥ
religion
nṛṇāṁ sad-dharmam icchatām
nṛṇām
of persons
sat-dharmam
superior religion
icchatām
being desirous of
nyāso daṇḍasya bhūteṣu
nyāsaḥ
giving up
daṇḍasya
causing trouble because of envy
bhūteṣu
unto the living entities
mano-vāk-kāyajasya yaḥ
manaḥ
in terms of the mind
vāk
words
kāya-jasya
and body
yaḥ
which.
Persons who want to advance in superior religion are advised to give up all envy of other living entities, whether in relationship to the body, words or mind. There is no religion superior to this.
Viśvanātha Cakravartī Ṭhākura Gauḍīya
Translation
There is no higher dharma than giving up violence to all living beings by mind, words and body for persons desiring proper principles. There is no higher dharma than giving up violence (daṇḍasya).
📝 My note

Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam 7.15.9

↗
ఏకే కర్మమయాన్ యజ్ఞాన్ జ్ఞానినో యజ్ఞవిత్తమా: । ఆత్మసంయమనేఽనీహా జుహ్వతి జ్ఞానదీపితే ॥ ౯ ॥
eke karmamayān yajṣān
[eke karmamayaan yajshaan]
jṣānino yajṣa-vittamāḥ
[jshaanino yajsha-vittamaah]
ātma-saṁyamane ’nīhā
[aatma-samyamane ’neehaa]
juhvati jṣāna-dīpite
[juhvati jshaana-deepite]
eke — some karma-mayān — resulting in a reaction (such as the killing of animals) yajṣān — sacrifices jṣāninaḥ — persons advanced in knowledge yajṣa-vit-tamāḥ — who know perfectly well the purpose of sacrifice ātma-saṁyamane — by self-control anīhāḥ — who are without material desires juhvati — execute sacrifice jṣāna-dīpite — enlightened in perfect knowledge.
Blended reading (Sanskrit + English inline)
eke karmamayān yajṣān
eke
some
karma-mayān
resulting in a reaction (such as the killing of animals)
yajṣān
sacrifices
jṣāninaḥ
persons advanced in knowledge
jṣānino yajṣa-vittamāḥ
yajṣa-vit-tamāḥ
who know perfectly well the purpose of sacrifice
ātma-saṁyamane ’nīhā
ātma-saṁyamane
by self-control
anīhāḥ
who are without material desires
juhvati jṣāna-dīpite
juhvati
execute sacrifice
jṣāna-dīpite
enlightened in perfect knowledge.
Because of an awakening of spiritual knowledge, those who are intelligent in regard to sacrifice, who are actually aware of religious principles and who are free from material desires, control the self in the fire of spiritual knowledge, or knowledge of the Absolute Truth. They may give up the process of ritualistic ceremonies.

People are generally very much interested in karma-kāṇḍa ritualistic ceremonies for elevation to the higher planetary systems, but when one awakens his spiritual knowledge, he becomes uninterested in such elevation and engages himself fully in jṣāna-yajṣa to find the objective of life. The objective of life is to stop completely the miseries of birth and death and to return home, back to Godhead. When one cultivates knowledge for this purpose, he is considered to be on a higher platform than one who is engaged in karma-yajṣa, or fruitive activities.

— A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupāda
Viśvanātha Cakravartī Ṭhākura Gauḍīya
Translation
Some jṣānīs, having no material desires and knowing the truth about sacrifice, offer prescribed karmas into the fire of the controlled mind, illuminated by knowledge. Those on the highest level reject external actions. Those who have no material desires (anīhāḥ) offer prescribed karmas (karma-mayān yajṣān) into the control of the mind, illuminated by knowledge. This means they give up performance of karmas.
📝 My note

Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam 7.15.10

↗
ద్రవ్యయజ్ఞైర్యక్ష్యమాణం ద‍ృష్ట్వా భూతాని బిభ్యతి । ఏష మాకరుణో హన్యాదతజ్జ్ఞో హ్యసుతృప్ధ్రువమ్ ॥ ౧౦ ॥
dravya-yajṣair yakṣyamāṇaṁ
[dravya-yajshair yakshyamaanam]
dṛṣṭvā bhūtāni bibhyati
[drishtvaa bhootaani bibhyati]
eṣa mākaruṇo hanyād
[esha maakaruno hanyaad]
ataj-jṣo hy asu-tṛp dhruvam
[ataj-jsho hy asu-trip dhruvam]
dravya-yajṣaiḥ — with animals and other eatable things yakṣyamāṇam — the person engaged in such sacrifices dṛṣṭvā — by seeing bhūtāni — the living entities (animals) bibhyati — become afraid eṣaḥ — this person (the performer of sacrifice) mā — us akaruṇaḥ — who is inhumane and merciless hanyāt — will kill a-tat-jṣaḥ — most ignorant hi — indeed asu-tṛp — who is most satisfied by killing others dhruvam — certainly.
Blended reading (Sanskrit + English inline)
dravya-yajṣair yakṣyamāṇaṁ
dravya-yajṣaiḥ
with animals and other eatable things
yakṣyamāṇam
the person engaged in such sacrifices
dṛṣṭvā bhūtāni bibhyati
dṛṣṭvā
by seeing
bhūtāni
the living entities (animals)
bibhyati
become afraid
eṣa mākaruṇo hanyād
eṣaḥ
this person (the performer of sacrifice)
mā
us
akaruṇaḥ
who is inhumane and merciless
hanyāt
will kill
a-tat-jṣaḥ
most ignorant
hi
indeed
ataj-jṣo hy asu-tṛp dhruvam
asu-tṛp
who is most satisfied by killing others
dhruvam
certainly.
Upon seeing the person engaged in performing the sacrifice, animals meant to be sacrificed are extremely afraid, thinking, “This merciless performer of sacrifices, being ignorant of the purpose of sacrifice and being most satisfied by killing others, will surely kill us.”

Animal sacrifice in the name of religion is current practically all over the world in every established religion. It is said that Lord Jesus Christ, when twelve years old, was shocked to see the Jews sacrificing birds and animals in the synagogues and that he therefore rejected the Jewish system of religion and started the religious system of Christianity, adhering to the Old Testament commandment “Thou shalt not kill.” At the present day, however, not only are animals killed in the name of sacrifice, but the killing of animals has increased enormously because of the increasing number of slaughterhouses. Slaughtering animals, either for religion or for food, is most abominable and is condemned herein. Unless one is merciless, one cannot sacrifice animals, either in the name of religion or for food.

— A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupāda
Viśvanātha Cakravartī Ṭhākura Gauḍīya
Translation
Upon seeing a person engaged in performing the sacrifice, animals to be sacrificed become extremely afraid, thinking, “This merciless performer of sacrifices, being ignorant of the truth about ātmā and simply in order to maintain himself, will kill us.” “This cruel person, who does not know the truth about ātmā, will kill me (mā).” Śruti says na taṁ vidātha imā jajānānyad yuṣmākam antaraṁ babhūva nīhāreṇa prāvṛtā jalpyāś cāsutṛp uktha śāsaś caranti: you do not know the person who has produced these creatures, who dwells within you; surrounded by ignorance, uttering mantras to maintain themselves, the priests carry out their actions. (Ṛg Veda 10.82.7)
📝 My note

Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam 7.15.11

↗
తస్మాద్దైవోపపన్నేన మున్యన్నేనాపి ధర్మవిత్ । సన్తుష్టోఽహరహ: కుర్యాన్నిత్యనైమిత్తికీ: క్రియా: ॥ ౧౧ ॥
tasmād daivopapannena
[tasmaad daivopapannena]
muny-annenāpi dharmavit
[muny-annenaapi dharmavit]
santuṣṭo ’har ahaḥ kuryān
[santushto ’har ahah kuryaan]
nitya-naimittikīḥ kriyāḥ
[nitya-naimittikeeh kriyaah]
tasmāt — therefore daiva-upapannena — obtainable very easily by the grace of the Lord muni-annena — with food (prepared in ghee and offered to the Supreme Lord) api — indeed dharma-vit — one who is actually advanced in religious principles santuṣṭaḥ — very happily ahaḥ ahaḥ — day after day kuryāt — one should perform nitya-naimittikīḥ — regular and occasional kriyāḥ — duties.
Blended reading (Sanskrit + English inline)
tasmād daivopapannena
tasmāt
therefore
daiva-upapannena
obtainable very easily by the grace of the Lord
muny-annenāpi dharmavit
muni-annena
with food (prepared in ghee and offered to the Supreme Lord)
api
indeed
dharma-vit
one who is actually advanced in religious principles
santuṣṭo ’har ahaḥ kuryān
santuṣṭaḥ
very happily
ahaḥ ahaḥ
day after day
kuryāt
one should perform
nitya-naimittikīḥ kriyāḥ
nitya-naimittikīḥ
regular and occasional
kriyāḥ
duties.
Therefore, day by day, one who is actually aware of religious principles and is not heinously envious of poor animals should happily perform daily sacrifices and those for certain occasions with whatever food is available easily by the grace of the Lord.

The word dharmavit, meaning “one who knows the actual purpose of religion,” is very significant. As explained in Bhagavad-gītā (18.66) , sarva-dharmān parityajya mām ekaṁ śaraṇaṁ vraja: becoming Kṛṣṇa conscious is the topmost stage in understanding of religious principles. One who reaches this stage performs the arcanā process in devotional service. Anyone, whether a gṛhastha or a sannyāsī, can keep small Deities of the Lord suitably packed or, if possible, installed, and thus worship the Deities of Rādhā-Kṛṣṇa, Sītā-Rāma, Lakṣmī-Nārāyaṇa, Lord Jagannātha or Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu by offering food prepared in ghee and then offering the sanctified prasāda to the forefathers, demigods and other living entities as a matter of routine daily work. All the centers of our Kṛṣṇa consciousness movement have Deity worship programs very nicely going on in which food is offered to the Deity and distributed to the first-class brāhmaṇas and Vaiṣṇavas and even to the people in general. This performance of sacrifice brings complete satisfaction. The members of the Kṛṣṇa consciousness movement engage daily in such transcendental activities. Thus in our Kṛṣṇa consciousness movement there is no question at all of killing animals.

— A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupāda
Viśvanātha Cakravartī Ṭhākura Gauḍīya
Translation
Therefore, one who is actually aware of religious principles and is not cruel to animals should daily perform his daily and occasional duties by offering forest foods obtained by the grace of the Lord. Santuṣṭaḥ means he does not commit violence to animals.
📝 My note

Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam 7.15.12

↗
విధర్మ: పరధర్మశ్చ ఆభాస ఉపమా ఛల: । అధర్మశాఖా: పఞ్చేమా ధర్మజ్ఞోఽధర్మవత్త్యజేత్ ॥ ౧౨ ॥
vidharmaḥ para-dharmaś ca
[vidharmah para-dharmash cha]
ābhāsa upamā chalaḥ
[aabhaasa upamaa chalah]
adharma-śākhāḥ paṣcemā
[adharma-shaakhaah pashchemaa]
dharma-jṣo ’dharmavat tyajet
[dharma-jsho ’dharmavat tyajet]
vidharmaḥ — irreligion para-dharmaḥ — religious principles practiced by others ca — and ābhāsaḥ — pretentious religious principles upamā — principles that appear religious but are not chalaḥ — a cheating religion adharma-śākhāḥ — which are different branches of irreligion paṣca — five imāḥ — these dharma-jṣaḥ — one who is aware of religious principles adharma-vat — accepting them as irreligious tyajet — should give up.
Blended reading (Sanskrit + English inline)
vidharmaḥ para-dharmaś ca
vidharmaḥ
irreligion
para-dharmaḥ
religious principles practiced by others
ca
and
ābhāsa upamā chalaḥ
ābhāsaḥ
pretentious religious principles
upamā
principles that appear religious but are not
chalaḥ
a cheating religion
adharma-śākhāḥ paṣcemā
adharma-śākhāḥ
which are different branches of irreligion
paṣca
five
imāḥ
these
dharma-jṣo ’dharmavat tyajet
dharma-jṣaḥ
one who is aware of religious principles
adharma-vat
accepting them as irreligious
tyajet
should give up.
There are five branches of irreligion, appropriately known as irreligion [vidharma], religious principles for which one is unfit [para-dharma], pretentious religion [ābhāsa], analogical religion [upadharma] and cheating religion [chala-dharma]. One who is aware of real religious life must abandon these five as irreligious.

Any religious principles opposed to the principle of surrendering to the lotus feet of the Supreme Personality of Godhead, Kṛṣṇa, are to be considered religious principles of irregularity or cheating, and one who is actually interested in religion must give them up. One should simply follow the instructions of Kṛṣṇa and surrender unto Him. To do this, of course, one needs very good intelligence, which may be awakened after many, many births through good association with devotees and the practice of Kṛṣṇa consciousness. Everything but the principle of religion recommended by Kṛṣṇa — sarva-dharmān parityajya mām ekaṁ śaraṇaṁ vraja — should be given up as irreligion.

— A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupāda
Viśvanātha Cakravartī Ṭhākura Gauḍīya
Translation
The knower of dharma should avoid five forbidden types of adharma known as vidharma, para-dharma, ābhāsa-dharma, upamā-dharma and chala-dharma. Adharmavat means forbidden.
📝 My note

Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam 7.15.13

↗
ధర్మబాధో విధర్మ: స్యాత్పరధర్మోఽన్యచోదిత: । ఉపధర్మస్తు పాఖణ్డో దమ్భో వా శబ్దభిచ్ఛల: ॥ ౧౩ ॥
dharma-bādho vidharmaḥ syāt
[dharma-baadho vidharmah syaat]
para-dharmo ’nya-coditaḥ
[para-dharmo ’nya-choditah]
upadharmas tu pākhaṇḍo
[upadharmas tu paakhando]
dambho vā śabda-bhic chalaḥ
[dambho vaa shabda-bhich chalah]
dharma-bādhaḥ — obstructs the execution of one’s own religious principles vidharmaḥ — against the principles of religion syāt — should be para-dharmaḥ — imitating religious systems for which one is unfit anya-coditaḥ — which is introduced by someone else upadharmaḥ — concocted religious principles tu — indeed pākhaṇḍaḥ — by one who is against the principles of Vedas, standard scriptures dambhaḥ — who is falsely proud vā — or śabda-bhit — by word jugglery chalaḥ — a cheating religious system.
Blended reading (Sanskrit + English inline)
dharma-bādho vidharmaḥ syāt
dharma-bādhaḥ
obstructs the execution of one’s own religious principles
vidharmaḥ
against the principles of religion
syāt
should be
para-dharmo ’nya-coditaḥ
para-dharmaḥ
imitating religious systems for which one is unfit
upadharmas tu pākhaṇḍo
anya-coditaḥ
which is introduced by someone else
upadharmaḥ
concocted religious principles
tu
indeed
pākhaṇḍaḥ
by one who is against the principles of Vedas, standard scriptures
dambho vā śabda-bhic chalaḥ
dambhaḥ
who is falsely proud
vā
or
śabda-bhit
by word jugglery
chalaḥ
a cheating religious system.
Religious principles that obstruct one from following his own religion are called vidharma. Religious principles introduced by others are called para-dharma. A new type of religion created by one who is falsely proud and who opposes the principles of the Vedas is called upadharma. And interpretation by one’s jugglery of words is called chala-dharma.

To create a new type of dharma has become fashionable in this age. So-called svāmīs and yogīs support that one may follow any type of religious system, according to one’s own choice, because all systems are ultimately the same. In Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam, however, such fashionable ideas are called vidharma because they go against one’s own religious system. The real religious system is described by the Supreme Personality of Godhead: sarva-dharmān parityajya mām ekaṁ śaraṇaṁ vraja. The real religious system is that of surrender to the lotus feet of the Lord. In the Sixth Canto of Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam, in connection with Ajāmila’s deliverance, Yamarāja says, dharmaṁ tu sākṣād bhagavat-praṇītam: real religion is that which is given by the Supreme Personality of Godhead, just as real law is that which is given by the government. No one can manufacture actual law at home, nor can one manufacture actual religion. Elsewhere it is said, sa vai puṁsāṁ paro dharmo yato bhaktir adhokṣaje: the real religious system is that which leads one to become a devotee of the Supreme Lord. Therefore, anything opposed to this religious system of progressive Kṛṣṇa consciousness is called vidharma, para-dharma, upadharma or chala-dharma. Misinterpretation of Bhagavad-gītā is chala-dharma. When Kṛṣṇa directly says something and some rascal interprets it to mean something different, this is chala-dharma — a religious system of cheating — or śabda-bhit, a jugglery of words. One should be extremely careful to avoid these various types of cheating systems of religion.

— A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupāda
Viśvanātha Cakravartī Ṭhākura Gauḍīya
Translation
Vidharma means to perform acts which destroy dharma. Para-dharma means to perform another person’s duties. Upadharma means advertising oneself as a follower of dharma, while actually rejecting the Vedas. Chala-dharma means interpreting the words of the scripture incorrectly. The five forbidden categories are described, but not in exact order. Vidharma means that which cancels one’s dharma when performed, though one thinks it is dharma. Performing someone else’s dharma (duties and occupation) is para-dharma. Upamā dharma or upadharma means something resembling dharma which is not dharma. It refers to pretenders who actually reject the Vedas (pākhaṇḍaḥ), who dress up with matted locks and ashes and announce themselves as upholders of dharma. Chala-dharma refers to person who explains the scriptures in another way (śabda-bhit). For instance the phrase “One should feed at least ten brāhmaṇas” can be interpreted to mean “One should feed less than ten brāhmaṇas.” Another version has śabda-bhṛt: person who maintains the word dharma only, but acts otherwise. If there is an injunction to give a cow, then the person will give a dying cow.
📝 My note

Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam 7.15.14

↗
యస్త్విచ్ఛయా కృత: పుమ్భిరాభాసో హ్యాశ్రమాత్పృథక్ । స్వభావవిహితో ధర్మ: కస్య నేష్ట: ప్రశాన్తయే ॥ ౧౪ ॥
yas tv icchayā kṛtaḥ pumbhir
[yas tv ichchayaa kritah pumbhir]
ābhāso hy āśramāt pṛthak
[aabhaaso hy aashramaat prithak]
sva-bhāva-vihito dharmaḥ
[sva-bhaava-vihito dharmah]
kasya neṣṭaḥ praśāntaye
[kasya neshtah prashaantaye]
yaḥ — that which tu — indeed icchayā — whimsically kṛtaḥ — conducted pumbhiḥ — by persons ābhāsaḥ — dim reflection hi — indeed āśramāt — from one’s own order of life pṛthak — different sva-bhāva — according to one’s own nature vihitaḥ — regulated dharmaḥ — religious principle kasya — in what respect na — not iṣṭaḥ — capable praśāntaye — for relieving all kinds of distress.
Blended reading (Sanskrit + English inline)
yas tv icchayā kṛtaḥ pumbhir
yaḥ
that which
tu
indeed
icchayā
whimsically
kṛtaḥ
conducted
pumbhiḥ
by persons
ābhāso hy āśramāt pṛthak
ābhāsaḥ
dim reflection
sva-bhāva-vihito dharmaḥ
hi
indeed
kasya neṣṭaḥ praśāntaye
āśramāt
from one’s own order of life
pṛthak
different
sva-bhāva
according to one’s own nature
vihitaḥ
regulated
dharmaḥ
religious principle
kasya
in what respect
na
not
iṣṭaḥ
capable
praśāntaye
for relieving all kinds of distress.
A pretentious religious system manufactured by one who willfully neglects the prescribed duties of his order of life is called ābhāsa [a dim reflection or false similarity]. But if one performs the prescribed duties for his particular āśrama or varṇa, why are they not sufficient to mitigate all material distresses?

It is indicated here that everyone should strictly follow the principles of varṇa and āśrama as given in the śāstra. In the Viṣṇu Purāṇa (3.8.9) it is said:

varṇāśramācāravatā puruṣeṇa paraḥ pumān viṣṇur ārādhyate panthā nānyat tat-toṣa-kāraṇam

One should focus upon the destination for progress, which is to become Kṛṣṇa conscious. This is the aim and end of all varṇas and āśramas. However, if Viṣṇu is not worshiped, the followers of the varṇāśrama institution manufacture some concocted God. Thus it has now become fashionable for any rascal or fool to be elected God, and there are many missionaries who have concocted their own gods, giving up their relationship with the real God. In Bhagavad-gītā it is clearly said that one who worships the demigods has lost his intelligence. Nonetheless we find that even an illiterate person who has lost all intelligence is elected God, and although he has a temple, it has meat-eating sannyāsīs, and many polluted activities go on there. This type of religious system, which misguides its poor followers, is strictly forbidden. Such pretentious religions should be stopped altogether.

The original system is that a brāhmaṇa should actually become a brāhmaṇa; he should not only take birth in a brāhmaṇa family, but must also be qualified. Also, even if one is not born in a brāhmaṇa family but has brahminical qualifications, he must be considered a brāhmaṇa. By strictly following this system, one can be happy without extra endeavor. Sva-bhāva-vihito dharmaḥ kasya neṣṭaḥ praśāntaye . The real aim of life is to mitigate distress, and one can do this very easily by following the principles of śāstra.

— A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupāda
Viśvanātha Cakravartī Ṭhākura Gauḍīya
Translation
Ābhāsa refers to concocting devatā worship different from what is recommended in one’s āśramas. Can dharma performed according to one’s nature not produce relief from distress? Ābhāsa is creating some form of devatā worship by one’s imagination. Cannot dharma performed according to one’s nature, not just on birth, bring relief from distress?
📝 My note

Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam 7.15.15

↗
ధర్మార్థమపి నేహేత యాత్రార్థం వాధనో ధనమ్ । అనీహానీహమానస్య మహాహేరివ వృత్తిదా ॥ ౧౫ ॥
dharmārtham api neheta
[dharmaartham api neheta]
yātrārthaṁ vādhano dhanam
[yaatraartham vaadhano dhanam]
anīhānīhamānasya
[aneehaaneehamaanasya]
mahāher iva vṛttidā
[mahaaher iva vrittidaa]
dharma-artham — in religion or economic development api — indeed na — not īheta — should try to obtain yātrā-artham — just to maintain the body and soul together vā — either adhanaḥ — one who has no wealth dhanam — money anīhā — the desirelessness anīhamānasya — of a person who does not endeavor even to earn his livelihood mahā-aheḥ — the great serpent known as the python iva — like vṛtti-dā — which obtains its livelihood without endeavor.
Blended reading (Sanskrit + English inline)
dharmārtham api neheta
dharma-artham
in religion or economic development
api
indeed
yātrārthaṁ vādhano dhanam
na
not
anīhānīhamānasya
īheta
should try to obtain
yātrā-artham
just to maintain the body and soul together
mahāher iva vṛttidā
vā
either
adhanaḥ
one who has no wealth
dhanam
money
anīhā
the desirelessness
anīhamānasya
of a person who does not endeavor even to earn his livelihood
mahā-aheḥ
the great serpent known as the python
iva
like
vṛtti-dā
which obtains its livelihood without endeavor.
Even if a man is poor, he should not endeavor to improve his economic condition just to maintain his body and soul together or to become a famous religionist. Just as a great python, although lying in one place, not endeavoring for its livelihood, gets the food it needs to maintain body and soul, one who is desireless also obtains his livelihood without endeavor.

Human life is simply meant for developing Kṛṣṇa consciousness. One need not even try to earn a livelihood to maintain body and soul together. This is illustrated here by the example of the great python, which lies in one place, never going here and there to earn a livelihood to maintain itself, and yet is maintained by the grace of the Lord. As advised by Nārada Muni ( Bhāg. 1.5.18 ), tasyaiva hetoḥ prayateta kovidaḥ: one should simply endeavor to increase his Kṛṣṇa consciousness. One should not desire to do anything else, even to earn his livelihood. There are many, many examples of this attitude. Mādhavendra Purī, for instance, would never go to anyone to ask for food. Śukadeva Gosvāmī has also said, kasmād bhajanti kavayo dhana-durmadāndhān. Why should one approach a person who is blind with wealth? Rather, one should depend on Kṛṣṇa, and He will give everything. All the members of our Kṛṣṇa consciousness movement, whether they be gṛhasthas or sannyāsīs, should try to spread the Kṛṣṇa consciousness movement with determination, and Kṛṣṇa will supply all necessities. The process of ājagara-vṛtti, the means of livelihood of a python, is very much appreciated in this regard. Even though one may be very poor, he should simply try to advance in Kṛṣṇa consciousness and not endeavor to earn his livelihood.

— A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupāda
Viśvanātha Cakravartī Ṭhākura Gauḍīya
Translation
Even a poor man should not strive for wealth in order to execute acts of dharma or maintain his body. Desirelessness gives livelihood to the person who does not act for such wealth, and who is similar to a python. A poor person should not desire money for maintaining his body. He should not strive for wealth. For one who does not desire, the condition of being niṣkāma or not acting produces his means of livelihood. Mahāheḥ means a python.
Related verses
📝 My note

Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam 7.15.16

↗
సన్తుష్టస్య నిరీహస్య స్వాత్మారామస్య యత్సుఖమ్ । కుతస్తత్కామలోభేన ధావతోఽర్థేహయా దిశ: ॥ ౧౬ ॥
santuṣṭasya nirīhasya
[santushtasya nireehasya]
svātmārāmasya yat sukham
[svaatmaaraamasya yat sukham]
kutas tat kāma-lobhena
[kutas tat kaama-lobhena]
dhāvato ’rthehayā diśaḥ
[dhaavato ’rthehayaa dishah]
santuṣṭasya — of one who is fully satisfied in Kṛṣṇa consciousness nirīhasya — who does not endeavor for his livelihood sva — own ātma-ārāmasya — who is self-satisfied yat — that sukham — happiness kutaḥ — where tat — such happiness kāma-lobhena — impelled by lust and greed dhāvataḥ — of one who is wandering here and there artha-īhayā — with a desire for accumulating wealth diśaḥ — in all directions.
Blended reading (Sanskrit + English inline)
santuṣṭasya nirīhasya
santuṣṭasya
of one who is fully satisfied in Kṛṣṇa consciousness
nirīhasya
who does not endeavor for his livelihood
svātmārāmasya yat sukham
sva
own
ātma-ārāmasya
who is self-satisfied
yat
that
sukham
happiness
kutas tat kāma-lobhena
kutaḥ
where
tat
such happiness
kāma-lobhena
impelled by lust and greed
dhāvato ’rthehayā diśaḥ
dhāvataḥ
of one who is wandering here and there
artha-īhayā
with a desire for accumulating wealth
diśaḥ
in all directions.
One who is content and satisfied and who links his activities with the Supreme Personality of Godhead residing in everyone’s heart enjoys transcendental happiness without endeavoring for his livelihood. Where is such happiness for a materialistic man who is impelled by lust and greed and who therefore wanders in all directions with a desire to accumulate wealth?
Viśvanātha Cakravartī Ṭhākura Gauḍīya
Translation
Where is the happiness of the desireless, satisfied ātmārāma for a person who runs in all directions with a desire for wealth, out of lust and greed?
📝 My note

Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam 7.15.17

↗
సదా సన్తుష్టమనస: సర్వా: శివమయా దిశ: । శర్కరాకణ్టకాదిభ్యో యథోపానత్పద: శివమ్ ॥ ౧౭ ॥
sadā santuṣṭa-manasaḥ
[sadaa santushta-manasah]
sarvāḥ śivamayā diśaḥ
[sarvaah shivamayaa dishah]
śarkarā-kaṇṭakādibhyo
[sharkaraa-kantakaadibhyo]
yathopānat-padaḥ śivam
[yathopaanat-padah shivam]
sadā — always santuṣṭa-manasaḥ — for a person who is self-satisfied sarvāḥ — everything śiva-mayāḥ — auspicious diśaḥ — in all directions śarkarā — from pebbles kaṇṭaka-ādibhyaḥ — and thorns, etc. yathā — as upānat-padaḥ — for a person who has suitable shoes śivam — there is no danger (auspicious).
Blended reading (Sanskrit + English inline)
sadā santuṣṭa-manasaḥ
sadā
always
santuṣṭa-manasaḥ
for a person who is self-satisfied
sarvāḥ
everything
sarvāḥ śivamayā diśaḥ
śiva-mayāḥ
auspicious
diśaḥ
in all directions
śarkarā-kaṇṭakādibhyo
śarkarā
from pebbles
kaṇṭaka-ādibhyaḥ
and thorns, etc.
yathopānat-padaḥ śivam
yathā
as
upānat-padaḥ
for a person who has suitable shoes
śivam
there is no danger (auspicious).
For a person who has suitable shoes on his feet, there is no danger even when he walks on pebbles and thorns. For him, everything is auspicious. Similarly, for one who is always self-satisfied there is no distress; indeed, he feels happiness everywhere.
Viśvanātha Cakravartī Ṭhākura Gauḍīya
Translation
One who is always self-satisfied has auspiciousness everywhere, just one who has shoes is protected from thorns and rocks. For one who has shoes on his feet, there is protection from thorns.
📝 My note

Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam 7.15.18

↗
సన్తుష్ట: కేన వా రాజన్న వర్తేతాపి వారిణా । ఔపస్థ్యజైహ్వ్యకార్పణ్యాద్గృహపాలాయతే జన: ॥ ౧౮ ॥
santuṣṭaḥ kena vā rājan
[santushtah kena vaa raajan]
na vartetāpi vāriṇā
[na vartetaapi vaarinaa]
aupasthya-jaihvya-kārpaṇyād
[aupasthya-jaihvya-kaarpanyaad]
gṛha-pālāyate janaḥ
[griha-paalaayate janah]
santuṣṭaḥ — a person who is always self-satisfied kena — why vā — or rājan — O King na — not varteta — should live (happily) api — even vāriṇā — by drinking water aupasthya — due to the genitals jaihvya — and the tongue kārpaṇyāt — because of a wretched or miserly condition gṛha-pālāyate — he becomes exactly like a household dog janaḥ — such a person.
Blended reading (Sanskrit + English inline)
santuṣṭaḥ kena vā rājan
santuṣṭaḥ
a person who is always self-satisfied
kena
why
vā
or
rājan
O King
na vartetāpi vāriṇā
na
not
varteta
should live (happily)
api
even
vāriṇā
by drinking water
aupasthya-jaihvya-kārpaṇyād
aupasthya
due to the genitals
jaihvya
and the tongue
kārpaṇyāt
because of a wretched or miserly condition
gṛha-pālāyate janaḥ
gṛha-pālāyate
he becomes exactly like a household dog
janaḥ
such a person.
My dear King, a self-satisfied person can be happy even with only drinking water. However, one who is driven by the senses, especially by the tongue and genitals, must accept the position of a household dog to satisfy his senses.

According to the śāstras, a brāhmaṇa, or a cultured person in Kṛṣṇa consciousness, will not enter anyone’s service to maintain body and soul together, and especially not for satisfaction of the senses. A true brāhmaṇa is always satisfied. Even if he has nothing to eat, he can drink a little water and be satisfied. This is only a matter of practice. Unfortunately, however, no one is educated in how to be satisfied in self-realization. As explained above, a devotee is always satisfied because he feels the presence of the Supersoul within his heart and thinks of Him twenty-four hours a day. That is real satisfaction. A devotee is never driven by the dictations of the tongue and genitals, and thus he is never victimized by the laws of material nature.

— A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupāda
Viśvanātha Cakravartī Ṭhākura Gauḍīya
Translation
O King! Why can a self-satisfied person not be happy with drinking only water? A person becomes a dog because of his pursuit of happiness derived from the activities of the genital and tongue. Can he exist only on water? Yes even by water he can exist. Because of the miserable condition of seeking happiness by actions of the genital or tongue he becomes a dog.
📝 My note

Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam 7.15.19

↗
అసన్తుష్టస్య విప్రస్య తేజో విద్యా తపో యశ: । స్రవన్తీన్ద్రియలౌల్యేన జ్ఞానం చైవావకీర్యతే ॥ ౧౯ ॥
asantuṣṭasya viprasya
[asantushtasya viprasya]
tejo vidyā tapo yaśaḥ
[tejo vidyaa tapo yashah]
sravantīndriya-laulyena
[sravanteendriya-laulyena]
jṣānaṁ caivāvakīryate
[jshaanam chaivaavakeeryate]
asantuṣṭasya — of one who is not self-satisfied viprasya — of such a brāhmaṇa tejaḥ — strength vidyā — education tapaḥ — austerity yaśaḥ — fame sravanti — dwindle indriya — of the senses laulyena — because of greed jṣānam — knowledge ca — and eva — certainly avakīryate — gradually vanishes.
Blended reading (Sanskrit + English inline)
asantuṣṭasya viprasya
asantuṣṭasya
of one who is not self-satisfied
viprasya
of such a brāhmaṇa
tejo vidyā tapo yaśaḥ
tejaḥ
strength
vidyā
education
tapaḥ
austerity
yaśaḥ
fame
sravantīndriya-laulyena
sravanti
dwindle
indriya
of the senses
laulyena
because of greed
jṣānaṁ caivāvakīryate
jṣānam
knowledge
ca
and
eva
certainly
avakīryate
gradually vanishes.
Because of greed for the sake of the senses, the spiritual strength, education, austerity and reputation of a devotee or brāhmaṇa who is not self-satisfied dwindle, and his knowledge gradually vanishes.
Viśvanātha Cakravartī Ṭhākura Gauḍīya
Translation
For the unsatisfied brāhmaṇa, spiritual strength, education, austerity and reputation of a brāhmaṇa dwindle. Because of greed of the senses, knowledge is thrown away. Avaīryate means “thrown down.”
📝 My note

Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam 7.15.20

↗
కామస్యాన్తం హి క్షుత్తృడ్భ్యాం క్రోధస్యైతత్ఫలోదయాత్ । జనో యాతి న లోభస్య జిత్వా భుక్త్వా దిశో భువ: ॥ ౨౦ ॥
kāmasyāntaṁ hi kṣut-tṛḍbhyāṁ
[kaamasyaantam hi kshut-tridbhyaam]
krodhasyaitat phalodayāt
[krodhasyaitat phalodayaat]
jano yāti na lobhasya
[jano yaati na lobhasya]
jitvā bhuktvā diśo bhuvaḥ
[jitvaa bhuktvaa disho bhuvah]
kāmasya — of the desire for sense gratification or the urgent needs of the body antam — end hi — indeed kṣut-tṛḍbhyām — by one who is very hungry or thirsty krodhasya — of anger etat — this phala-udayāt — by venting chastisement and its reaction janaḥ — a person yāti — crosses over na — not lobhasya — greed jitvā — conquering bhuktvā — enjoying diśaḥ — all directions bhuvaḥ — of the globe.
Blended reading (Sanskrit + English inline)
kāmasyāntaṁ hi kṣut-tṛḍbhyāṁ
kāmasya
of the desire for sense gratification or the urgent needs of the body
antam
end
hi
indeed
kṣut-tṛḍbhyām
by one who is very hungry or thirsty
krodhasyaitat phalodayāt
krodhasya
of anger
etat
this
phala-udayāt
by venting chastisement and its reaction
jano yāti na lobhasya
janaḥ
a person
yāti
crosses over
na
not
lobhasya
greed
jitvā bhuktvā diśo bhuvaḥ
jitvā
conquering
bhuktvā
enjoying
diśaḥ
all directions
bhuvaḥ
of the globe.
The strong bodily desires and needs of a person disturbed by hunger and thirst are certainly satisfied when he eats. Similarly, if one becomes very angry, that anger is satisfied by chastisement and its reaction. But as for greed, even if a greedy person has conquered all the directions of the world or has enjoyed everything in the world, still he will not be satisfied.

In Bhagavad-gītā (3.37) it is stated that lust, anger and greed are the causes of the conditioned soul’s bondage in this material world. Kāma eṣa krodha eṣa rajo-guṇa-samudbhavaḥ . When strong lusty desires for sense gratification are unfulfilled, one becomes angry. This anger can be satisfied when one chastises his enemy, but when there is an increase in lobha, or greed, which is the greatest enemy caused by rajo-guṇa, the mode of passion, how can one advance in Kṛṣṇa consciousness?

If one is very greedy to enhance his Kṛṣṇa consciousness, this is a great boon. Tatra laulyam ekalaṁ mūlam . This is the best path available.

— A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupāda
Viśvanātha Cakravartī Ṭhākura Gauḍīya
Translation
One can stop lust by becoming hungry and thirsty. One can stop anger by inflicting violence on the object of anger. But one cannot stop greed by conquering all directions and enjoying the whole earth. Dissatisfaction arises from greed. Because greed is difficult to conquer, dissatisfaction is hard to remove. This is explained in two verses. When one is hungry and thirsty from not eating, because of the action of burning dhātus, one can stop lust. Anger is stopped by violence (phalodayāt). One cannot stop greed, composed of desires, though one conquers the directions or enjoys the earth. Greed for food however is stopped by filling the belly. Because it is not difficult to stop, it is not mentioned here separately.
📝 My note

Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam 7.15.21

↗
పణ్డితా బహవో రాజన్బహుజ్ఞా: సంశయచ్ఛిద: । సదసస్పతయోఽప్యేకే అసన్తోషాత్పతన్త్యధ: ॥ ౨౧ ॥
paṇḍitā bahavo rājan
[panditaa bahavo raajan]
bahu-jṣāḥ saṁśaya-cchidaḥ
[bahu-jshaah samshaya-chchidah]
sadasas patayo ’py eke
[sadasas patayo ’py eke]
asantoṣāt patanty adhaḥ
[asantoshaat patanty adhah]
paṇḍitāḥ — very learned scholars bahavaḥ — many rājan — O King (Yudhiṣṭhira) bahu-jṣāḥ — persons with varied experience saṁśaya-cchidaḥ — expert in legal advice sadasaḥ patayaḥ — persons eligible to become presidents of learned assemblies api — even eke — by one disqualification asantoṣāt — simply by dissatisfaction or greed patanti — fall down adhaḥ — into hellish conditions of life.
Blended reading (Sanskrit + English inline)
paṇḍitā bahavo rājan
paṇḍitāḥ
very learned scholars
bahavaḥ
many
rājan
O King (Yudhiṣṭhira)
bahu-jṣāḥ saṁśaya-cchidaḥ
bahu-jṣāḥ
persons with varied experience
saṁśaya-cchidaḥ
expert in legal advice
sadasaḥ patayaḥ
persons eligible to become presidents of learned assemblies
api
even
sadasas patayo ’py eke
eke
by one disqualification
asantoṣāt patanty adhaḥ
asantoṣāt
simply by dissatisfaction or greed
patanti
fall down
adhaḥ
into hellish conditions of life.
O King Yudhiṣṭhira, many persons with varied experience, many legal advisers, many learned scholars and many persons eligible to become presidents of learned assemblies fall down into hellish life because of not being satisfied with their positions.

For spiritual advancement, one should be materially satisfied, for if one is not materially satisfied, his greed for material development will result in the frustration of his spiritual advancement. There are two things that nullify all good qualities. One is poverty. Daridra-doṣo guṇa-rāśi-nāśī. If one is poverty-stricken, all his good qualities become null and void. Similarly, if one becomes too greedy, his good qualifications are lost. Therefore the adjustment is that one should not be poverty-stricken, but one must try to be fully satisfied with the bare necessities of life and not be greedy. For a devotee to be satisfied with the bare necessities is therefore the best advice for spiritual advancement. Learned authorities in devotional life consequently advise that one not endeavor to increase the number of temples and maṭhas. Such activities can be undertaken only by devotees experienced in propagating the Kṛṣṇa consciousness movement. All the ācāryas in South India, especially Śrī Rāmānujācārya, constructed many big temples, and in North India all the Gosvāmīs of Vṛndāvana constructed large temples. Śrīla Bhaktisiddhānta Sarasvatī Ṭhākura also constructed large centers, known as Gauḍīya Maṭhas. Therefore temple construction is not bad, provided proper care is taken for the propagation of Kṛṣṇa consciousness. Even if such endeavors are considered greedy, the greed is to satisfy Kṛṣṇa, and therefore these are spiritual activities.

— A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupāda
Viśvanātha Cakravartī Ṭhākura Gauḍīya
Translation
O King! Many learned persons with great knowledge, many legal advisers, and many leaders of assemblies fall down into hellish life because of not being satisfied. The uselessness of good qualities in the presence of strong greed is shown.
📝 My note

Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam 7.15.22

↗
అసఙ్కల్పాజ్జయేత్కామం క్రోధం కామవివర్జనాత్ । అర్థానర్థేక్షయా లోభం భయం తత్త్వావమర్శనాత్ ॥ ౨౨ ॥
asaṅkalpāj jayet kāmaṁ
[asankalpaaj jayet kaamam]
krodhaṁ kāma-vivarjanāt
[krodham kaama-vivarjanaat]
arthānarthekṣayā lobhaṁ
[arthaanarthekshayaa lobham]
bhayaṁ tattvāvamarśanāt
[bhayam tattvaavamarshanaat]
asaṅkalpāt — by determination jayet — one should conquer kāmam — lusty desire krodham — anger kāma-vivarjanāt — by giving up the objective of sense desire artha — accumulation of wealth anartha — a cause of trouble īkṣayā — by considering lobham — greed bhayam — fear tattva — the truth avamarśanāt — by considering.
Blended reading (Sanskrit + English inline)
asaṅkalpāj jayet kāmaṁ
asaṅkalpāt
by determination
jayet
one should conquer
kāmam
lusty desire
krodhaṁ kāma-vivarjanāt
krodham
anger
kāma-vivarjanāt
by giving up the objective of sense desire
artha
accumulation of wealth
anartha
a cause of trouble
īkṣayā
by considering
arthānarthekṣayā lobhaṁ
lobham
greed
bhayaṁ tattvāvamarśanāt
bhayam
fear
tattva
the truth
avamarśanāt
by considering.
By making plans with determination, one should give up lusty desires for sense gratification. Similarly, by giving up envy one should conquer anger, by discussing the disadvantages of accumulating wealth one should give up greed, and by discussing the truth one should give up fear.

Śrīla Viśvanātha Cakravartī Ṭhākura has suggested how one can conquer lusty desires for sense gratification. One cannot give up thinking of women, for thinking in this way is natural; even while walking on the street, one will see so many women. However, if one is determined not to live with a woman, even while seeing a woman he will not become lusty. If one is determined not to have sex, he can automatically conquer lusty desires. The example given in this regard is that even if one is hungry, if on a particular day he is determined to observe fasting, he can naturally conquer the disturbances of hunger and thirst. If one is determined not to be envious of anyone, he can naturally conquer anger. Similarly, one can give up the desire to accumulate wealth simply by considering how difficult it is to protect the money in one’s possession. If one keeps a large amount of cash with him, he is always anxious about keeping it properly. Thus if one discusses the disadvantages of accumulating wealth, he can naturally give up business without difficulty.

— A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupāda
Viśvanātha Cakravartī Ṭhākura Gauḍīya
Translation
One conquers lust by negative determination. One conquers anger by giving up the desire for violence. One gives up greed by seeing the uselessness of objects of greed. One gives up fear by considering that all suffering is caused by karma. How can one overcome these obstacles? One should conquer lust by the decision not to enjoy women even through remembering them since that also gives rise to lust. One should have a negative determination, such as “Today I will not enjoy.” With that decision, one conquers lust by fasting, by hunger and thirst. By giving up the desire for violence one conquers anger. By the practice of seeing the uselessness of objects of greed one conquers greed. By considering that one is simply receiving the results of karma, one sees that there is no other cause of fear, and thus one gives up fear.
📝 My note

Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam 7.15.23

↗
ఆన్వీక్షిక్యా శోకమోహౌ దమ్భం మహదుపాసయా । యోగాన్తరాయాన్మౌనేన హింసాం కామాద్యనీహయా ॥ ౨౩ ॥
ānvīkṣikyā śoka-mohau
[aanveekshikyaa shoka-mohau]
dambhaṁ mahad-upāsayā
[dambham mahad-upaasayaa]
yogāntarāyān maunena
[yogaantaraayaan maunena]
hiṁsāṁ kāmādy-anīhayā
[himsaam kaamaady-aneehayaa]
ānvīkṣikyā — by deliberation upon material and spiritual subject matters śoka — lamentation mohau — and illusion dambham — false pride mahat — a Vaiṣṇava upāsayā — by serving yoga-antarāyān — obstacles on the path of yoga maunena — by silence hiṁsām — envy kāma-ādi — for sense gratification anīhayā — without endeavor.
Blended reading (Sanskrit + English inline)
ānvīkṣikyā śoka-mohau
ānvīkṣikyā
by deliberation upon material and spiritual subject matters
śoka
lamentation
mohau
and illusion
dambhaṁ mahad-upāsayā
dambham
false pride
mahat
a Vaiṣṇava
upāsayā
by serving
yogāntarāyān maunena
yoga-antarāyān
obstacles on the path of yoga
maunena
by silence
hiṁsāṁ kāmādy-anīhayā
hiṁsām
envy
kāma-ādi
for sense gratification
anīhayā
without endeavor.
By discussing spiritual knowledge one can conquer lamentation and illusion, by serving a great devotee one can become prideless, by keeping silent one can avoid obstacles on the path of mystic yoga, and simply by stopping sense gratification one can conquer envy.

If one’s son has died, one may certainly be affected by lamentation and illusion and cry for the dead son, but one may overcome lamentation and illusion by considering the verses of Bhagavad-gītā.

jātasya hi dhruvo mṛtyur dhruvaṁ janma mṛtasya ca

As the soul transmigrates, one who has taken birth must give up the present body, and then he must certainly accept another body. This should be no cause for lamentation. Therefore Lord Kṛṣṇa says, dhīras tatra na muhyati: one who is dhīra, or sober, who is learned in philosophy and established in knowledge, cannot be unhappy over the transmigration of the soul.

— A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupāda
Viśvanātha Cakravartī Ṭhākura Gauḍīya
Translation
By considering what is ātmā and non-ātmā one can conquer lamentation and illusion. By serving a great devotee one can become prideless. By keeping silent one can avoid obstacles on the path of yoga. By giving up desire for sense gratification one can conquer violence. Ānvīkṣikyā means considering what is ātmā and non-ātmā.
📝 My note

Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam 7.15.24

↗
కృపయా భూతజం దు:ఖం దైవం జహ్యాత్సమాధినా । ఆత్మజం యోగవీర్యేణ నిద్రాం సత్త్వనిషేవయా ॥ ౨౪ ॥
kṛpayā bhūtajaṁ duḥkhaṁ
[kripayaa bhootajam duhkham]
daivaṁ jahyāt samādhinā
[daivam jahyaat samaadhinaa]
ātmajaṁ yoga-vīryeṇa
[aatmajam yoga-veeryena]
nidrāṁ sattva-niṣevayā
[nidraam sattva-nishevayaa]
kṛpayā — by being merciful to all other living entities bhūta-jam — because of other living entities duḥkham — suffering daivam — sufferings imposed by providence jahyāt — one should give up samādhinā — by trance or meditation ātma-jam — sufferings due to the body and mind yoga-vīryeṇa — by practicing haṭha-yoga, prāṇāyāma and so forth nidrām — sleeping sattva-niṣevayā — by developing brahminical qualifications or the mode of goodness.
Blended reading (Sanskrit + English inline)
kṛpayā bhūtajaṁ duḥkhaṁ
kṛpayā
by being merciful to all other living entities
bhūta-jam
because of other living entities
duḥkham
suffering
daivaṁ jahyāt samādhinā
daivam
sufferings imposed by providence
jahyāt
one should give up
samādhinā
by trance or meditation
ātmajaṁ yoga-vīryeṇa
ātma-jam
sufferings due to the body and mind
yoga-vīryeṇa
by practicing haṭha-yoga, prāṇāyāma and so forth
nidrāṁ sattva-niṣevayā
nidrām
sleeping
sattva-niṣevayā
by developing brahminical qualifications or the mode of goodness.
By good behavior and freedom from envy one should counteract sufferings due to other living entities, by meditation in trance one should counteract sufferings due to providence, and by practicing haṭha-yoga, prāṇāyāma and so forth one should counteract sufferings due to the body and mind. Similarly, by developing the mode of goodness, especially in regard to eating, one should conquer sleep.

By practice, one should avoid eating in such a way that other living entities will be disturbed and suffer. Since I suffer when pinched or killed by others, I should not attempt to pinch or kill any other living entity. People do not know that because of killing innocent animals they themselves will have to suffer severe reactions from material nature. Any country where people indulge in unnecessary killing of animals will have to suffer from wars and pestilence imposed by material nature. Comparing one’s own suffering to the suffering of others, therefore, one should be kind to all living entities. One cannot avoid the sufferings inflicted by providence, and therefore when suffering comes one should fully absorb oneself in chanting the Hare Kṛṣṇa mantra. One can avoid sufferings from the body and mind by practicing mystic haṭha-yoga.

— A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupāda
Viśvanātha Cakravartī Ṭhākura Gauḍīya
Translation
One conquers violence to other living entities by doing beneficial acts for them. One conquers anxiety from seeing omens by concentration on the Lord. One conquers physical suffering by practice of yoga. One conquers sleep by taking small quantities of sattvika food. One should give up giving inflicting suffering on others by doing beneficial acts for them (kṛpayā). Daivam means undue mental affliction caused by natural signs of disaster. Vimanā viphalārambhaḥ saṁsīdaty animittataḥ: one who fails in his endeavors becomes depressed without cause. This is conquered by concentrating the mind on the Lord. Suffering caused by one’s body is conquered by prāṇāyāma and other yoga processes. Sleep is conquered by eating small amounts of sattvika food or by serving living entities.
📝 My note

Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam 7.15.25

↗
రజస్తమశ్చ సత్త్వేన సత్త్వం చోపశమేన చ । ఏతత్సర్వం గురౌ భక్త్యా పురుషో హ్యఞ్జసా జయేత్ ॥ ౨౫ ॥
rajas tamaś ca sattvena
[rajas tamash cha sattvena]
sattvaṁ copaśamena ca
[sattvam chopashamena cha]
etat sarvaṁ gurau bhaktyā
[etat sarvam gurau bhaktyaa]
puruṣo hy aṣjasā jayet
[purusho hy ashjasaa jayet]
rajaḥ tamaḥ — the modes of passion and ignorance ca — and sattvena — by developing the mode of goodness sattvam — the mode of goodness ca — also upaśamena — by giving up attachment ca — and etat — these sarvam — all gurau — unto the spiritual master bhaktyā — by rendering service in devotion puruṣaḥ — a person hi — indeed aṣjasā — easily jayet — can conquer.
Blended reading (Sanskrit + English inline)
rajas tamaś ca sattvena
rajaḥ tamaḥ
the modes of passion and ignorance
ca
and
sattvena
by developing the mode of goodness
sattvaṁ copaśamena ca
sattvam
the mode of goodness
ca
also
upaśamena
by giving up attachment
ca
and
etat sarvaṁ gurau bhaktyā
etat
these
sarvam
all
gurau
unto the spiritual master
bhaktyā
by rendering service in devotion
puruṣo hy aṣjasā jayet
puruṣaḥ
a person
hi
indeed
aṣjasā
easily
jayet
can conquer.
One must conquer the modes of passion and ignorance by developing the mode of goodness, and then one must become detached from the mode of goodness by promoting oneself to the platform of śuddha-sattva. All this can be automatically done if one engages in the service of the spiritual master with faith and devotion. In this way one can conquer the influence of the modes of nature.

Just by treating the root cause of an ailment, one can conquer all bodily pains and sufferings. Similarly, if one is devoted and faithful to the spiritual master, he can conquer the influence of sattva-guṇa, rajo-guṇa and tamo-guṇa very easily. Yogīs and jṣānīs practice in many ways to conquer the senses, but the bhakta immediately attains the mercy of the Supreme Personality of Godhead through the mercy of the spiritual master. Yasya prasādād bhagavat-prasādo. If the spiritual master is favorably inclined, one naturally receives the mercy of the Supreme Lord, and by the mercy of the Supreme Lord one immediately becomes transcendental, conquering all the influences of sattva-guṇa, rajo-guṇa and tamo-guṇa within this material world. This is confirmed in Bhagavad-gītā ( sa guṇān samatītyaitān brahma-bhūyāya kalpate ). If one is a pure devotee acting under the directions of the guru, one easily gets the mercy of the Supreme Lord and thus becomes immediately situated on the transcendental platform. This is explained in the next verse.

— A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupāda
Viśvanātha Cakravartī Ṭhākura Gauḍīya
Translation
One conquers rajas and tamas by a predominance of sattva. One conquers sattva by being indifferent to the results of actions. One conquers all of these obstacles quickly and easily by devotion to guru. One conquers rajas and tamas by greater degree of sattva. One conquers sattva by indifference to the results of action. One conquers all obstacles quickly and easily by bhakti to guru. This is like taking a strong medicine which cures all diseases. For the jṣānīs, destruction of lust and other obstacles is a sought result of devotion to guru. For the pure devotees, destruction of lust is a secondary result of devotion to guru. That is the difference.
📝 My note

Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam 7.15.26

↗
యస్య సాక్షాద్భ‍గవతి జ్ఞానదీపప్రదే గురౌ । మర్త్యాసద్ధీ: శ్రుతం తస్య సర్వం కుఞ్జరశౌచవత్ ॥ ౨౬ ॥
yasya sākṣād bhagavati
[yasya saakshaad bhagavati]
jṣāna-dīpa-prade gurau
[jshaana-deepa-prade gurau]
martyāsad-dhīḥ śrutaṁ tasya
[martyaasad-dheeh shrutam tasya]
sarvaṁ kuṣjara-śaucavat
[sarvam kushjara-shauchavat]
yasya — one who sākṣāt — directly bhagavati — the Supreme Personality of Godhead jṣāna-dīpa-prade — who enlightens with the torch of knowledge gurau — unto the spiritual master martya-asat-dhīḥ — considers the spiritual master to be like an ordinary human being and maintains such an unfavorable attitude śrutam — Vedic knowledge tasya — for him sarvam — everything kuṣjara-śauca-vat — like the bath of an elephant in a lake.
Blended reading (Sanskrit + English inline)
yasya sākṣād bhagavati
yasya
one who
sākṣāt
directly
bhagavati
the Supreme Personality of Godhead
jṣāna-dīpa-prade gurau
jṣāna-dīpa-prade
who enlightens with the torch of knowledge
gurau
unto the spiritual master
martyāsad-dhīḥ śrutaṁ tasya
martya-asat-dhīḥ
considers the spiritual master to be like an ordinary human being and maintains such an unfavorable attitude
śrutam
Vedic knowledge
tasya
for him
sarvaṁ kuṣjara-śaucavat
sarvam
everything
kuṣjara-śauca-vat
like the bath of an elephant in a lake.
The spiritual master should be considered to be directly the Supreme Lord because he gives transcendental knowledge for enlightenment. Consequently, for one who maintains the material conception that the spiritual master is an ordinary human being, everything is frustrated. His enlightenment and his Vedic studies and knowledge are like the bathing of an elephant.

It is recommended that one honor the spiritual master as being on an equal status with the Supreme Personality of Godhead. Sākṣād dharitvena samasta-śāstraiḥ . This is enjoined in every scripture. Ācāryaṁ māṁ vijānīyāt. One should consider the ācārya to be as good as the Supreme Personality of Godhead. In spite of all these instructions, if one considers the spiritual master an ordinary human being, one is doomed. His study of the Vedas and his austerities and penances for enlightenment are all useless, like the bathing of an elephant. An elephant bathes in a lake quite thoroughly, but as soon as it comes on the shore it takes some dust from the ground and strews it over its body. Thus there is no meaning to the elephant’s bath. One may argue by saying that since the spiritual master’s relatives and the men of his neighborhood consider him an ordinary human being, what is the fault on the part of the disciple who considers the spiritual master an ordinary human being? This will be answered in the next verse, but the injunction is that the spiritual master should never be considered an ordinary man. One should strictly adhere to the instructions of the spiritual master, for if he is pleased, certainly the Supreme Personality of Godhead is pleased. Yasya prasādād bhagavat-prasādo yasyāprasādān na gatiḥ kuto ’pi .

— A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupāda
Viśvanātha Cakravartī Ṭhākura Gauḍīya
Translation
For a person having faulty intelligence who thinks that the guru, who gives the lamp of knowledge and is a spiritual expansion of the Lord, is an ordinary mortal, all that he has heard from guru becomes as useless as cleaning an elephant that merely becomes dirty again. Though this is true, if one thinks the guru is an ordinary mortal, everything becomes useless. For one who thinks by faulty intelligence that the gur is even an an aṁśa of the Lord (sākṣāt bhagavati), or in whom the Lord is directly present, is an ordinary mortal, whatever he has heard, such as the Lord’s mantra, his process of hearing, and his contemplation become useless.
📝 My note

Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam 7.15.27

↗
ఏష వై భగవాన్సాక్షాత్ ప్రధానపురుషేశ్వర: । యోగేశ్వరైర్విమృగ్యాఙ్‌ఘ్రిర్లోకో యం మన్యతే నరమ్ ॥ ౨౭ ॥
eṣa vai bhagavān sākṣāt
[esha vai bhagavaan saakshaat]
pradhāna-puruṣeśvaraḥ
[pradhaana-purusheshvarah]
yogeśvarair vimṛgyāṅghrir
[yogeshvarair vimrigyaanghrir]
loko yaṁ manyate naram
[loko yam manyate naram]
eṣaḥ — this vai — indeed bhagavān — Supreme Personality of Godhead sākṣāt — directly pradhāna — the chief cause of the material nature puruṣa — of all living entities or of the puruṣāvatāra, Lord Viṣṇu īśvaraḥ — the supreme controller yoga-īśvaraiḥ — by great saintly persons, yogīs vimṛgya-aṅghriḥ — Lord Kṛṣṇa’s lotus feet, which are sought lokaḥ — people in general yam — Him manyate — consider naram — a human being.
Blended reading (Sanskrit + English inline)
eṣa vai bhagavān sākṣāt
eṣaḥ
this
vai
indeed
bhagavān
Supreme Personality of Godhead
sākṣāt
directly
pradhāna-puruṣeśvaraḥ
pradhāna
the chief cause of the material nature
puruṣa
of all living entities or of the puruṣāvatāra, Lord Viṣṇu
īśvaraḥ
the supreme controller
yogeśvarair vimṛgyāṅghrir
yoga-īśvaraiḥ
by great saintly persons, yogīs
vimṛgya-aṅghriḥ
Lord Kṛṣṇa’s lotus feet, which are sought
loko yaṁ manyate naram
lokaḥ
people in general
yam
Him
manyate
consider
naram
a human being.
The Supreme Personality of Godhead, Lord Kṛṣṇa, is the master of all other living entities and of the material nature. His lotus feet are sought and worshiped by great saintly persons like Vyāsa. Nonetheless, there are fools who consider Lord Kṛṣṇa an ordinary human being.

The example of Lord Kṛṣṇa’s being the Supreme Personality of Godhead is appropriate in regard to understanding the spiritual master. The spiritual master is called sevaka-bhagavān, the servitor Personality of Godhead, and Kṛṣṇa is called sevya-bhagavān, the Supreme Personality of Godhead who is to be worshiped. The spiritual master is the worshiper God, whereas the Supreme Personality of Godhead, Kṛṣṇa, is the worshipable God. This is the difference between the spiritual master and the Supreme Personality of Godhead.

Another point: Bhagavad-gītā, which constitutes the instructions of the Supreme Personality of Godhead, is presented by the spiritual master as it is, without deviation. Therefore the Absolute Truth is present in the spiritual master. As clearly stated in text 26, jṣāna-dīpa-prade. The Supreme Personality of Godhead gives real knowledge to the entire world, and the spiritual master, as the representative of the Supreme Godhead, carries the message throughout the world. Therefore, on the absolute platform, there is no difference between the spiritual master and the Supreme Personality of Godhead. If someone considers the Supreme Personality — Kṛṣṇa or Lord Rāmacandra — to be an ordinary human being, this does not mean that the Lord becomes an ordinary human being. Similarly, if the family members of the spiritual master, who is the bona fide representative of the Supreme Personality of Godhead, consider the spiritual master an ordinary human being, this does not mean that he becomes an ordinary human being. The spiritual master is as good as the Supreme Personality of Godhead, and therefore one who is very serious about spiritual advancement must regard the spiritual master in this way. Even a slight deviation from this understanding can create disaster in the disciple’s Vedic studies and austerities.

— A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupāda
Viśvanātha Cakravartī Ṭhākura Gauḍīya
Translation
Kṛṣṇa and Rāma, whose feet are sought by great yogīs, are certainly the Supreme Lords, though persons who appeared along with them thought of them as human. (Similarly some may think the guru is human, but he is not.) “But the sons and father of the guru will consider him a human. How can the student then think of him as the Lord?” Bhagavān, Kṛṣṇa or Rāma, is definitely the Supreme Lord, but people who appeared at the time of the Lord’s descent think of him as a human. But how can he become an ordinary human? Similarly some may think of the guru as human, but how can he be?
📝 My note

Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam 7.15.28

↗
షడ్‌‌వర్గసంయమైకాన్తా: సర్వా నియమచోదనా: । తదన్తా యది నో యోగానావహేయు: శ్రమావహా: ॥ ౨౮ ॥
ṣaḍ-varga-saṁyamaikāntāḥ
[shad-varga-samyamaikaantaah]
sarvā niyama-codanāḥ
[sarvaa niyama-chodanaah]
tad-antā yadi no yogān
[tad-antaa yadi no yogaan]
āvaheyuḥ śramāvahāḥ
[aavaheyuh shramaavahaah]
ṣaṭ-varga — the six elements, namely the five working senses and the mind saṁyama-ekāntāḥ — the ultimate aim of subjugating sarvāḥ — all such activities niyama-codanāḥ — the regulative principles further meant for controlling the senses and mind tat-antāḥ — the ultimate goal of such activities yadi — if no — not yogān — the positive link with the Supreme āvaheyuḥ — did lead to śrama-āvahāḥ — a waste of time and labor.
Blended reading (Sanskrit + English inline)
ṣaḍ-varga-saṁyamaikāntāḥ
ṣaṭ-varga
the six elements, namely the five working senses and the mind
saṁyama-ekāntāḥ
the ultimate aim of subjugating
sarvā niyama-codanāḥ
sarvāḥ
all such activities
niyama-codanāḥ
the regulative principles further meant for controlling the senses and mind
tad-antā yadi no yogān
tat-antāḥ
the ultimate goal of such activities
yadi
if
no
not
yogān
the positive link with the Supreme
āvaheyuḥ śramāvahāḥ
āvaheyuḥ
did lead to
śrama-āvahāḥ
a waste of time and labor.
Ritualistic ceremonies, regulative principles, austerities and the practice of yoga are all meant to control the senses and mind, but even after one is able to control the senses and mind, if he does not come to the point of meditation upon the Supreme Lord, all such activities are simply labor in frustration.

One may argue that one may achieve the ultimate goal of life — realization of the Supersoul — by practicing the yoga system and ritualistic performances according to the Vedic principles, even without staunch devotion to the spiritual master. The actual fact, however, is that by practicing yoga one must come to the platform of meditating upon the Supreme Personality of Godhead. As stated in the scriptures, dhyānāvasthita-tad-gatena manasā paśyanti yaṁ yoginaḥ: a person in meditation achieves the perfection of yoga practice when he can see the Supreme Personality of Godhead. By various practices, one may come to the point of controlling the senses, but simply controlling the senses does not bring one to a substantial conclusion. However, by staunch faith in the spiritual master and the Supreme Personality of Godhead, one not only controls the senses but also realizes the Supreme Lord.

yasya deve parā bhaktir yathā deve tathā gurau tasyaite kathitā hy arthāḥ prakāśante mahātmanaḥ

“Only unto those great souls who have implicit faith in both the Lord and the spiritual master are all the imports of the Vedic knowledge automatically revealed.” ( Śvetāśvatara Upaniṣad 6.23) It is further stated, tuṣyeyaṁ sarva-bhūtātmā guru-śuśrūṣayā and taranty aṣjo bhavārṇavam. Simply by rendering service to the spiritual master, one crosses the ocean of nescience and returns home, back to Godhead. Thus he gradually sees the Supreme Lord face to face and enjoys life in association with the Lord. The ultimate goal of yoga is to come in contact with the Supreme Personality of Godhead. Unless this point is achieved, one’s so-called yoga practice is simply labor without any benefit.

— A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupāda
Viśvanātha Cakravartī Ṭhākura Gauḍīya
Translation
Since dedication to controlling the senses and following all the rules, caused by complete absorption in those processes, do not produce meditation on the Lord, they are only useless labor. Conquest of lust and other obstacles which is accomplished by guru bhakti is the actual result of various practices mentioned in the scriptures. All the rules and regulations such as accumulating performance of sacrifices, dedication to controlling the six senses, if they do not lead to meditation on the Lord, are useless. By guru-bhakti one conquers lust and attains the Lord, for the Lord says: nāham ijyā-prajātibhyāṁ tapasopaśamena vā tuṣyeyaṁ sarva-bhūtātmā guru-śuśrūṣayā yathā I, the Soul of all beings, am not as satisfied by ritual worship, brahminical initiation, penances or self-discipline as I am by faithful service rendered to one's spiritual master. SB 10.80.34 nanv artha-kovidā Brahman varṇāśrama-vatām iha ye mayā guruṇā vācā taranty aṣjo bhavārṇavam Certainly, O brāhmaṇa, of all the followers of the varṇāśrama system, those who take advantage of the words I speak in my form as the spiritual master and thus easily cross over the ocean of material existence best understand their own true welfare. SB 10.80.33 “Similarly, can one not conquer the sense by rules and then attain the Lord?” Because one becomes completely dedicated to these processes (tad-antāḥ), these processes do not produce meditation on the Lord (yogān), what to speak of attaining the Lord. Since they do not accomplish this, they are useless labor. What doubt is there about this?
📝 My note

Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam 7.15.29

↗
యథా వార్తాదయో హ్యర్థా యోగస్యార్థం న బిభ్రతి । అనర్థాయ భవేయు: స్మ పూర్తమిష్టం తథాసత: ॥ ౨౯ ॥
yathā vārtādayo hy arthā
[yathaa vaartaadayo hy arthaa]
yogasyārthaṁ na bibhrati
[yogasyaartham na bibhrati]
anarthāya bhaveyuḥ sma
[anarthaaya bhaveyuh sma]
pūrtam iṣṭaṁ tathāsataḥ
[poortam ishtam tathaasatah]
yathā — as vārtā-ādayaḥ — activities like occupational or professional duties hi — certainly arthāḥ — income (from such occupational duties) yogasya — of mystic power for self-realization artham — benefit na — not bibhrati — help anarthāya — without value (binding one to repeated birth and death) bhaveyuḥ — they are sma — at all times pūrtam iṣṭam — ritualistic Vedic ceremonies tathā — similarly asataḥ — of a materialistic nondevotee.
Blended reading (Sanskrit + English inline)
yathā vārtādayo hy arthā
yathā
as
vārtā-ādayaḥ
activities like occupational or professional duties
hi
certainly
arthāḥ
income (from such occupational duties)
yogasyārthaṁ na bibhrati
yogasya
of mystic power for self-realization
artham
benefit
na
not
bibhrati
help
anarthāya bhaveyuḥ sma
anarthāya
without value (binding one to repeated birth and death)
bhaveyuḥ
they are
sma
at all times
pūrtam iṣṭaṁ tathāsataḥ
pūrtam iṣṭam
ritualistic Vedic ceremonies
tathā
similarly
asataḥ
of a materialistic nondevotee.
As professional activities or business profits cannot help one in spiritual advancement but are a source of material entanglement, the Vedic ritualistic ceremonies cannot help anyone who is not a devotee of the Supreme Personality of Godhead.

If one becomes very rich through his professional activities, through trade or through agriculture, this does not mean that he is spiritually advanced. To be spiritually advanced is different from being materially rich. Although the purpose of life is to become spiritually rich, unfortunate men, misguided as they are, are always engaged in trying to become materially rich. Such material engagements, however, do not help one in the actual fulfillment of the human mission. On the contrary, material engagements lead one to be attracted to many unnecessary necessities, which are accompanied by the risk that one may be born in a degraded condition. As confirmed in Bhagavad-gītā (14.18) :

ūrdhvaṁ gacchanti sattva-sthā madhye tiṣṭhanti rājasāḥ jaghanya-guṇa-vṛtti-sthā adho gacchanti tāmasāḥ

“Those situated in the mode of goodness gradually go upward to the higher planets; those in the mode of passion live on the earthly planets; and those in the mode of ignorance go down to the hellish worlds.” Especially in this Kali-yuga, material advancement means degradation and attraction to many unwanted necessities that create a low mentality. Therefore, jaghanya-guṇa-vṛtti-sthā: since people are contaminated by the lower qualities, they will lead their next lives either as animals or in other degraded forms of life. Making a show of religion without Kṛṣṇa consciousness may make one popular in the estimation of unintelligent men, but factually such a materialistic display of spiritual advancement does not help one at all; it will not prevent one from missing the goal of life.

— A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupāda
Viśvanātha Cakravartī Ṭhākura Gauḍīya
Translation
Just as occupations, though bringing wealth, do not produce liberation, so sacrifices performed by non-devotees do not bring about attainment of the Lord. An example is given. Just as occupations like farming, though producing wealth and enjoyment, do not produce liberation, the goal of yoga, and are thus useless for attaining the ultimate goal, so sacrifices performed by a person who is not a devotee also do not produce any result.
📝 My note

Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam 7.15.30

↗
యశ్చిత్తవిజయే యత్త: స్యాన్ని:సఙ్గోఽపరిగ్రహ: । ఏకో వివిక్తశరణో భిక్షుర్భైక్ష్యమితాశన: ॥ ౩౦ ॥
yaś citta-vijaye yattaḥ
[yash chitta-vijaye yattah]
syān niḥsaṅgo ’parigrahaḥ
[syaan nihsango ’parigrahah]
eko vivikta-śaraṇo
[eko vivikta-sharano]
bhikṣur bhaikṣya-mitāśanaḥ
[bhikshur bhaikshya-mitaashanah]
yaḥ — one who citta-vijaye — conquering the mind yattaḥ — is engaged syāt — must be niḥsaṅgaḥ — without contaminated association aparigrahaḥ — without being dependent (on the family) ekaḥ — alone vivikta-śaraṇaḥ — taking shelter of a solitary place bhikṣuḥ — a renounced person bhaikṣya — by begging alms just to maintain the body mita-aśanaḥ — frugal in eating.
Blended reading (Sanskrit + English inline)
yaś citta-vijaye yattaḥ
yaḥ
one who
citta-vijaye
conquering the mind
yattaḥ
is engaged
syān niḥsaṅgo ’parigrahaḥ
syāt
must be
niḥsaṅgaḥ
without contaminated association
aparigrahaḥ
without being dependent (on the family)
eko vivikta-śaraṇo
ekaḥ
alone
vivikta-śaraṇaḥ
taking shelter of a solitary place
bhikṣur bhaikṣya-mitāśanaḥ
bhikṣuḥ
a renounced person
bhaikṣya
by begging alms just to maintain the body
mita-aśanaḥ
frugal in eating.
One who desires to conquer the mind must leave the company of his family and live in a solitary place, free from contaminated association. To maintain the body and soul together, he should beg as much as he needs for the bare necessities of life.

This is the process for conquering the agitation of the mind. One is recommended to take leave of his family and live alone, maintaining body and soul together by begging alms and eating only as much as needed to keep himself alive. Without such a process, one cannot conquer lusty desires. Sannyāsa means accepting a life of begging, which makes one automatically very humble and meek and free from lusty desires. In this regard, the following verse appears in the Smṛti literature:

dvandvāhatasya gārhasthyaṁ dhyāna-bhaṅgādi-kāraṇam lakṣayitvā gṛhī spaṣṭaṁ sannyased avicārayan

In this world of duality, family life is the cause that spoils one’s spiritual life or meditation. Specifically understanding this fact, one should accept the order of sannyāsa without hesitation.

— A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupāda
Viśvanātha Cakravartī Ṭhākura Gauḍīya
Translation
One who desires to conquer the mind must leave the company of his family, and without being dependent, should live in a solitary place, beg for a living and eat frugally. This verse explains the process of liberation for the householder. If the householder has association with his family, he cannot conquer lust, though he tries. He should give up that association and live by begging. One who endeavors for control of the mind should become a beggar. Smṛti says: dvandvāhatasya gārhasthye dhyāna-bhaṅgādi kāraṇam lakṣayitvā gṛhī spaṣṭaṁ sannyased avicārayan The householder, seeing that such life filled with dualities is the cause of breaking his meditation on the Lord, should renounce without much consideration.
📝 My note

Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam 7.15.31

↗
దేశే శుచౌ సమే రాజన్సంస్థాప్యాసనమాత్మన: । స్థిరం సుఖం సమం తస్మిన్నాసీతర్జ్వఙ్గ ఓమితి ॥ ౩౧ ॥
deśe śucau same rājan
[deshe shuchau same raajan]
saṁsthāpyāsanam ātmanaḥ
[samsthaapyaasanam aatmanah]
sthiraṁ sukhaṁ samaṁ tasminn
[sthiram sukham samam tasminn]
āsītarjv-aṅga om iti
[aaseetarjv-anga om iti]
deśe — in a place śucau — very sacred same — level rājan — O King saṁsthāpya — placing āsanam — on the seat ātmanaḥ — one’s self sthiram — very steady sukham — comfortably samam — equipoised tasmin — on that sitting place āsīta — one should sit down ṛju-aṅgaḥ — the body perpendicularly straight om — the Vedic mantra praṇava iti — in this way.
Blended reading (Sanskrit + English inline)
deśe śucau same rājan
deśe
in a place
śucau
very sacred
same
level
rājan
O King
saṁsthāpyāsanam ātmanaḥ
saṁsthāpya
placing
āsanam
on the seat
ātmanaḥ
one’s self
sthiraṁ sukhaṁ samaṁ tasminn
sthiram
very steady
sukham
comfortably
samam
equipoised
tasmin
on that sitting place
āsītarjv-aṅga om iti
āsīta
one should sit down
ṛju-aṅgaḥ
the body perpendicularly straight
om
the Vedic mantra praṇava
iti
in this way.
My dear King, in a sacred and holy place of pilgrimage one should select a place in which to perform yoga. The place must be level and not too high or low. There one should sit very comfortably, being steady and equipoised, keeping his body straight, and thus begin chanting the Vedic praṇava.

Generally the chanting of om is recommended because in the beginning one cannot understand the Personality of Godhead. As stated in Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam (1.2.11) :

vadanti tat tattva-vidas tattvaṁ yaj jṣānam advayam brahmeti paramātmeti bhagavān iti śabdyate

“Learned transcendentalists who know the Absolute Truth call this nondual substance Brahman, Paramātmā or Bhagavān.” Unless one is fully convinced of the Supreme Personality of Godhead, one has the tendency to become an impersonalist yogī searching for the Supreme Lord within the core of his heart ( dhyānāvasthita-tad-gatena manasā paśyanti yaṁ yoginaḥ ). Here the chanting of oṁkāra is recommended because in the beginning of transcendental realization, instead of chanting the Hare Kṛṣṇa mahā-mantra, one may chant oṁkāra ( praṇava ). There is no difference between the Hare Kṛṣṇa mahā-mantra and oṁkāra because both of them are sound representations of the Supreme Personality of Godhead. Praṇavaḥ sarva-vedeṣu. In all Vedic literatures, the sound vibration oṁkāra is the beginning. Oṁ namo bhagavate vāsudevāya. The difference between chanting oṁkāra and chanting the Hare Kṛṣṇa mantra is that the Hare Kṛṣṇa mantra may be chanted without consideration of the place or the sitting arrangements recommended in Bhagavad-gītā (6.11):

śucau deśe pratiṣṭhāpya sthiram āsanam ātmanaḥ nāty-ucchritaṁ nātinīcaṁ cailājina-kuśottaram

“To practice yoga, one should go to a secluded place and should lay kuśa grass on the ground and then cover it with a deerskin and a soft cloth. The seat should neither be too high nor too low and should be situated in a sacred place.” The Hare Kṛṣṇa mantra may be chanted by anyone, without consideration of the place or how one sits. Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu has openly declared, niyamitaḥ smaraṇe na kālaḥ. In chanting the Hare Kṛṣṇa mahā-mantra there are no particular injunctions regarding one’s sitting place. The injunction niyamitaḥ smaraṇe na kālaḥ includes deśa, kāla and pātra — place, time and the individual. Therefore anyone may chant the Hare Kṛṣṇa mantra, without consideration of the time and place. Especially in this age, Kali-yuga, it is very difficult to find a suitable place according to the recommendations of Bhagavad-gītā. The Hare Kṛṣṇa mahā-mantra, however, may be chanted at any place and any time, and this will bring results very quickly. Yet even while chanting the Hare Kṛṣṇa mantra one may observe regulative principles. Thus while sitting and chanting one may keep his body straight, and this will help one in the chanting process; otherwise one may feel sleepy.

— A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupāda
Viśvanātha Cakravartī Ṭhākura Gauḍīya
Translation
O King! Establishing a seat in a clean, level place, one should sit comfortably, firmly and peacefully, with a straight body, and chant the Vedic praṇava. He should keep his body straight, and chant oṁ.
📝 My note

Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam 7.15.32-33

↗
ప్రాణాపానౌ సన్నిరున్ధ్యాత్పూరకుమ్భకరేచకై: । యావన్మనస్త్యజేత కామాన్స్వనాసాగ్రనిరీక్షణ: ॥ ౩౨ ॥ యతో యతో ని:సరతి మన: కామహతం భ్రమత్ । తతస్తత ఉపాహృత్య హృది రున్ధ్యాచ్ఛనైర్బుధ: ॥ ౩౩ ॥
prāṇāpānau sannirundhyāt
[praanaapaanau sannirundhyaat]
pūra-kumbhaka-recakaiḥ
[poora-kumbhaka-rechakaih]
yāvan manas tyajet kāmān
[yaavan manas tyajet kaamaan]
sva-nāsāgra-nirīkṣaṇaḥ
[sva-naasaagra-nireekshanah]
yato yato niḥsarati
[yato yato nihsarati]
manaḥ kāma-hataṁ bhramat
[manah kaama-hatam bhramat]
tatas tata upāhṛtya
[tatas tata upaahritya]
hṛdi rundhyāc chanair budhaḥ
[hridi rundhyaach chanair budhah]
prāṇa — incoming breath apānau — outgoing breath sannirundhyāt — should stop pūra-kumbhaka-recakaiḥ — by inhaling, exhaling and holding, which are technically known as pūraka, kumbhaka and recaka yāvat — so long manaḥ — the mind tyajet — should give up kāmān — all material desires sva — one’s own nāsa-agra — the tip of the nose nirīkṣaṇaḥ — looking at yataḥ yataḥ — from whatever and wherever niḥsarati — withdraws manaḥ — the mind kāma-hatam — being defeated by lusty desires bhramat — wandering tataḥ tataḥ — from here and there upāhṛtya — after bringing it back hṛdi — within the core of the heart rundhyāt — should arrest (the mind) śanaiḥ — gradually, by practice budhaḥ — a learned yogī..
Blended reading (Sanskrit + English inline)
prāṇāpānau sannirundhyāt
prāṇa
incoming breath
apānau
outgoing breath
sannirundhyāt
should stop
pūra-kumbhaka-recakaiḥ
pūra-kumbhaka-recakaiḥ
by inhaling, exhaling and holding, which are technically known as pūraka, kumbhaka and recaka
yāvan manas tyajet kāmān
yāvat
so long
manaḥ
the mind
tyajet
should give up
kāmān
all material desires
sva-nāsāgra-nirīkṣaṇaḥ
sva
one’s own
nāsa-agra
the tip of the nose
nirīkṣaṇaḥ
looking at
yato yato niḥsarati
yataḥ yataḥ
from whatever and wherever
niḥsarati
withdraws
manaḥ kāma-hataṁ bhramat
manaḥ
the mind
kāma-hatam
being defeated by lusty desires
bhramat
wandering
tatas tata upāhṛtya
tataḥ tataḥ
from here and there
upāhṛtya
after bringing it back
hṛdi rundhyāc chanair budhaḥ
hṛdi
within the core of the heart
rundhyāt
should arrest (the mind)
śanaiḥ
gradually, by practice
budhaḥ
a learned yogī..
While continuously staring at the tip of the nose, a learned yogī practices the breathing exercises through the technical means known as pūraka, kumbhaka and recaka — controlling inhalation and exhalation and then stopping them both. In this way the yogī restricts his mind from material attachments and gives up all mental desires. As soon as the mind, being defeated by lusty desires, drifts toward feelings of sense gratification, the yogī should immediately bring it back and arrest it within the core of his heart.

The practice of yoga is concisely explained herein. When this practice of yoga is perfect, one sees the Supersoul, the Paramātmā feature of the Supreme Personality of Godhead, within the core of one’s heart. However, in Bhagavad-gītā (6.47) the Supreme Lord says:

yoginām api sarveṣām mad-gatenāntarātmanā śraddhāvān bhajate yo māṁ sa me yuktatamo mataḥ

“Of all yogīs, he who always abides in Me with great faith, worshiping Me in transcendental loving service, is most intimately united with Me in yoga and is the highest of all.” A devotee can immediately become a perfect yogī because he practices keeping Kṛṣṇa constantly within the core of his heart. This is another way to practice yoga easily. The Lord says:

man-manā bhava mad-bhakto mad-yājī māṁ namaskuru

“Always think of Me and become My devotee. Worship Me and offer your homage unto Me.” ( Bg. 18.65 ) If one practices devotional service by always keeping Kṛṣṇa within the core of his heart ( man-manāḥ ), he immediately becomes a first-class yogī. Furthermore, keeping Kṛṣṇa within the mind is not a difficult task for the devotee. For an ordinary man in the bodily concept of life, the practice of yoga may be helpful, but one who immediately takes to devotional service can immediately become a perfect yogī without difficulty.

— A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupāda
Viśvanātha Cakravartī Ṭhākura Gauḍīya
Translation
Stopping prāṇa and apāna by pūraka, kumbhaka and recaka, he should stare at the tip of his nose until the mind gives up all desires. The intelligent person should withdraw the mind, which is defeated by lust, from various objects, and gradually concentrate it in the heart.
Related verses
📝 My note

Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam 7.15.34

↗
ఏవమభ్యస్యతశ్చిత్తం కాలేనాల్పీయసా యతే: । అనిశం తస్య నిర్వాణం యాత్యనిన్ధనవహ్నివత్ ॥ ౩౪ ॥
evam abhyasyataś cittaṁ
[evam abhyasyatash chittam]
kālenālpīyasā yateḥ
[kaalenaalpeeyasaa yateh]
aniśaṁ tasya nirvāṇaṁ
[anisham tasya nirvaanam]
yāty anindhana-vahnivat
[yaaty anindhana-vahnivat]
evam — in this way abhyasyataḥ — of the person practicing this yoga system cittam — the heart kālena — in due course of time alpīyasā — very shortly yateḥ — of the person practicing yoga aniśam — without cessation tasya — of him nirvāṇam — purification from all material contamination yāti — reaches anindhana — without flame or smoke vahnivat — like a fire.
Blended reading (Sanskrit + English inline)
evam abhyasyataś cittaṁ
evam
in this way
abhyasyataḥ
of the person practicing this yoga system
cittam
the heart
kālenālpīyasā yateḥ
kālena
in due course of time
alpīyasā
very shortly
yateḥ
of the person practicing yoga
aniśaṁ tasya nirvāṇaṁ
aniśam
without cessation
tasya
of him
nirvāṇam
purification from all material contamination
yāty anindhana-vahnivat
yāti
reaches
anindhana
without flame or smoke
vahnivat
like a fire.
When the yogī regularly practices in this way, in a short time his heart becomes fixed and free from disturbance, like a fire without flames or smoke.

Nirvāṇa means the cessation of all material desires. Sometimes desirelessness is understood to imply an end to the workings of the mind, but this is not possible. The living entity has senses, and if the senses stopped working, the living entity would no longer be a living entity; he would be exactly like stone or wood. This is not possible. Because he is living, he is nitya and cetana — eternally sentient. For those who are not very advanced, the practice of yoga is recommended in order to stop the mind from being agitated by material desires, but if one fixes his mind on the lotus feet of Kṛṣṇa, his mind naturally becomes peaceful very soon. This peace is described in Bhagavad-gītā (5.29) :

bhoktāraṁ yajṣa-tapasāṁ sarva-loka-maheśvaram suhṛdaṁ sarva-bhūtānāṁ jṣātvā māṁ śāntim ṛcchati

If one can understand Kṛṣṇa as the supreme enjoyer, the supreme proprietor of everything, and the supreme friend of everyone, one is established in peace and is free from material agitation. However, for one who cannot understand the Supreme Personality of Godhead, the practice of yoga is recommended.

— A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupāda
Viśvanātha Cakravartī Ṭhākura Gauḍīya
Translation
When the yogī regularly practices in this way, in a short time his heart attains peace, like a flame without fuel. Nirvāṇam means peace.
📝 My note

Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam 7.15.35

↗
కామాదిభిరనావిద్ధం ప్రశాన్తాఖిలవృత్తి యత్ । చిత్తం బ్రహ్మసుఖస్పృష్టం నైవోత్తిష్ఠేత కర్హిచిత్ ॥ ౩౫ ॥
kāmādibhir anāviddhaṁ
[kaamaadibhir anaaviddham]
praśāntākhila-vṛtti yat
[prashaantaakhila-vritti yat]
cittaṁ brahma-sukha-spṛṣṭaṁ
[chittam brahma-sukha-sprishtam]
naivottiṣṭheta karhicit
[naivottishtheta karhichit]
kāma-ādibhiḥ — by various lusty desires anāviddham — unaffected praśānta — calm and peaceful akhila-vṛtti — in every respect, or in all activities yat — that which cittam — consciousness brahma-sukha-spṛṣṭam — being situated on the transcendental platform in eternal bliss na — not eva — indeed uttiṣṭheta — can come out karhicit — at any time.
Blended reading (Sanskrit + English inline)
kāmādibhir anāviddhaṁ
kāma-ādibhiḥ
by various lusty desires
anāviddham
unaffected
praśāntākhila-vṛtti yat
praśānta
calm and peaceful
akhila-vṛtti
in every respect, or in all activities
yat
that which
cittaṁ brahma-sukha-spṛṣṭaṁ
cittam
consciousness
brahma-sukha-spṛṣṭam
being situated on the transcendental platform in eternal bliss
naivottiṣṭheta karhicit
na
not
eva
indeed
uttiṣṭheta
can come out
karhicit
at any time.
When one’s consciousness is uncontaminated by material lusty desires, it becomes calm and peaceful in all activities, for one is situated in eternal blissful life. Once situated on that platform, one does not return to materialistic activities.

Brahma-sukha-spṛṣṭam is also described in Bhagavad-gītā (18.54) :

brahma-bhūtaḥ prasannātmā na śocati na kāṅkṣati samaḥ sarveṣu bhūteṣu mad-bhaktiṁ labhate parām

“One who is transcendentally situated at once realizes the Supreme Brahman and becomes fully joyful. He never laments or desires to have anything; he is equally disposed toward every living entity. In this situation, he begins transcendental activities, or devotional service to the Lord.” Generally, once elevated to the transcendental platform of brahma-sukha, transcendental bliss, one never comes down. But if one does not engage in devotional service, there is a chance of his returning to the material platform. Āruhya kṛcchreṇa paraṁ padaṁ tataḥ patanty adho ’nādṛta-yuṣmad-aṅghrayaḥ: one may rise to the platform of brahma-sukha, transcendental bliss, but even from that platform one may fall down to the material platform if he does not engage himself in devotional service.

— A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupāda
Viśvanātha Cakravartī Ṭhākura Gauḍīya
Translation
When one’s consciousness is uncontaminated by material lusty desires, when it is peaceful in all activities and is touched by the happiness of Brahman, the consciousness does deviate at any time.
📝 My note

Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam 7.15.36

↗
య: ప్రవ్రజ్య గృహాత్పూర్వం త్రివర్గావపనాత్పున: । యది సేవేత తాన్భిక్షు: స వై వాన్తాశ్యపత్రప: ॥ ౩౬ ॥
yaḥ pravrajya gṛhāt pūrvaṁ
[yah pravrajya grihaat poorvam]
tri-vargāvapanāt punaḥ
[tri-vargaavapanaat punah]
yadi seveta tān bhikṣuḥ
[yadi seveta taan bhikshuh]
sa vai vāntāśy apatrapaḥ
[sa vai vaantaashy apatrapah]
yaḥ — one who pravrajya — being finished for good and leaving for the forest (being situated in transcendental bliss) gṛhāt — from home pūrvam — at first tri-varga — the three principles of religion, economic development and sense gratification āvapanāt — from the field in which they are sown punaḥ — again yadi — if seveta — should accept tān — materialistic activities bhikṣuḥ — a person who has accepted the sannyāsa order saḥ — that person vai — indeed vānta-āśī — one who eats his own vomit apatrapaḥ — without shame.
Blended reading (Sanskrit + English inline)
yaḥ pravrajya gṛhāt pūrvaṁ
yaḥ
one who
pravrajya
being finished for good and leaving for the forest (being situated in transcendental bliss)
gṛhāt
from home
pūrvam
at first
tri-vargāvapanāt punaḥ
tri-varga
the three principles of religion, economic development and sense gratification
āvapanāt
from the field in which they are sown
punaḥ
again
yadi seveta tān bhikṣuḥ
yadi
if
seveta
should accept
tān
materialistic activities
bhikṣuḥ
a person who has accepted the sannyāsa order
sa vai vāntāśy apatrapaḥ
saḥ
that person
vai
indeed
vānta-āśī
one who eats his own vomit
apatrapaḥ
without shame.
One who accepts the sannyāsa order gives up the three principles of materialistic activities in which one indulges in the field of household life — namely religion, economic development and sense gratification. One who first accepts sannyāsa but then returns to such materialistic activities is to be called a vāntāśī, or one who eats his own vomit. He is indeed a shameless person.

Materialistic activities are regulated by the institution of varṇāśrama-dharma. Without varṇāśrama-dharma, materialistic activities constitute animal life. Yet even in human life, while observing the principles of varṇa and āśrama — brāhmaṇa, kṣatriya, vaiśya, śūdra, brahmacarya, gṛhastha, vānaprastha and sannyāsa — one must ultimately accept sannyāsa, the renounced order, for only by the renounced order can one be situated in brahma-sukha, or transcendental bliss. In brahma-sukha one is no longer attracted by lusty desires. Indeed, when one is no longer disturbed, especially by lusty desires for sexual indulgence, he is fit to become a sannyāsī. Otherwise, one should not accept the sannyāsa order. If one accepts sannyāsa at an immature stage, there is every possibility of his being attracted by women and lusty desires and thus again becoming a so-called gṛhastha or a victim of women. Such a person is most shameless, and he is called vāntāśī, or one who eats that which he has already vomited. He certainly leads a condemned life. In our Kṛṣṇa consciousness movement it is advised, therefore, that the sannyāsīs and brahmacārīs keep strictly aloof from the association of women so that there will be no chance of their falling down again as victims of lusty desires.

— A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupāda
Viśvanātha Cakravartī Ṭhākura Gauḍīya
Translation
One who, having renounced the house and artha, dharma and kāma, again enjoys them is a shameless eater of vomit. Tri-vargāvapanāt means “from the house in which there is complete planting of artha, dharma and kāma.” One who, previously renouncing the house, later enjoys household dharmas (tān) is a shameless eater of vomit.
📝 My note

Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam 7.15.37

↗
యై: స్వదేహ: స్మృతోఽనాత్మా మర్త్యో విట్కృమిభస్మవత్ । త ఏనమాత్మసాత్కృత్వా శ్లాఘయన్తి హ్యసత్తమా: ॥ ౩౭ ॥
yaiḥ sva-dehaḥ smṛto ’nātmā
[yaih sva-dehah smrito ’naatmaa]
martyo viṭ-kṛmi-bhasmavat
[martyo vit-krimi-bhasmavat]
ta enam ātmasāt kṛtvā
[ta enam aatmasaat kritvaa]
ślāghayanti hy asattamāḥ
[shlaaghayanti hy asattamaah]
yaiḥ — by sannyāsīs who sva-dehaḥ — own body smṛtaḥ — consider anātmā — different from the soul martyaḥ — subjected to death viṭ — becoming stool kṛmi — worms bhasma-vat — or ashes te — such persons enam — this body ātmasāt kṛtvā — again identifying with the self ślāghayanti — glorify as very important hi — indeed asat-tamāḥ — the greatest rascals.
Blended reading (Sanskrit + English inline)
yaiḥ sva-dehaḥ smṛto ’nātmā
yaiḥ
by sannyāsīs who
sva-dehaḥ
own body
smṛtaḥ
consider
martyo viṭ-kṛmi-bhasmavat
ta enam ātmasāt kṛtvā
ślāghayanti hy asattamāḥ
anātmā
different from the soul
martyaḥ
subjected to death
viṭ
becoming stool
kṛmi
worms
bhasma-vat
or ashes
te
such persons
enam
this body
ātmasāt kṛtvā
again identifying with the self
ślāghayanti
glorify as very important
hi
indeed
asat-tamāḥ
the greatest rascals.
Sannyāsīs who first consider that the body is subject to death, when it will be transformed into stool, worms or ashes, but who again give importance to the body and glorify it as the self, are to be considered the greatest rascals.

A sannyāsī is one who has clearly understood, through advancement in knowledge, that Brahman — he, the person himself — is the soul, not the body. One who has this understanding may take sannyāsa, for he is situated in the “ahaṁ brahmāsmi ” position. Brahma-bhūtaḥ prasannātmā na śocati na kāṅkṣati . Such a person, who no longer laments or hankers to maintain his body and who can accept all living entities as spirit souls, can then enter the devotional service of the Lord. If one does not enter the devotional service of the Lord but artificially considers himself Brahman or Nārāyaṇa, not perfectly understanding that the soul and body are different, one certainly falls down ( patanty adhaḥ ). Such a person again gives importance to the body. There are many sannyāsīs in India who stress the importance of the body. Some of them give special importance to the body of the poor man, accepting him as daridra-nārāyaṇa, as if Nārāyaṇa had a material body. Many other sannyāsīs stress the importance of the social position of the body as a brāhmaṇa, kṣatriya, vaiśya or śūdra. Such sannyāsīs are considered the greatest rascals ( asattamāḥ ). They are shameless because they have not yet understood the difference between the body and the soul and instead have accepted the body of a brāhmaṇa to be a brāhmaṇa. Brahmanism ( brāhmaṇya ) consists of the knowledge of Brahman. But actually the body of a brāhmaṇa is not Brahman. Similarly, the body is neither rich nor poor. If the body of a poor man were daridra-nārāyaṇa, this would mean that the body of a rich man, on the contrary, must be dhanī-nārāyaṇa. Therefore sannyāsīs who do not know the meaning of Nārāyaṇa, those who regard the body as Brahman or as Nārāyaṇa, are described here as asattamāḥ, the most abominable rascals. Following the bodily concept of life, such sannyāsīs make various programs to serve the body. They conduct farcical missions consisting of so-called religious activities meant to mislead all of human society. These sannyāsīs have been described herein as apatrapaḥ and asattamāḥ — shameless and fallen from spiritual life.

— A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupāda
Viśvanātha Cakravartī Ṭhākura Gauḍīya
Translation
Sannyāsīs who first consider that the body is not the self, that the body is subject to death, and is merely stool, worms or ashes, but who later think the body is the self and glorify it, are to be considered the most sinful. The sannyāsī thinks that the body is not the soul. He understands the body is stool, worms and ashes at the end, and thus is equal to that even now. If such a person then takes the body as the soul, he is considered the worst sinner.
📝 My note

Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam 7.15.38-39

↗
గృహస్థస్య క్రియాత్యాగో వ్రతత్యాగో వటోరపి । తపస్వినో గ్రామసేవా భిక్షోరిన్ద్రియలోలతా ॥ ౩౮ ॥ ఆశ్రమాపసదా హ్యేతే ఖల్వాశ్రమవిడమ్బనా: । దేవమాయావిమూఢాంస్తానుపేక్షేతానుకమ్పయా ॥ ౩౯ ॥
gṛhasthasya kriyā-tyāgo
[grihasthasya kriyaa-tyaago]
vrata-tyāgo vaṭor api
[vrata-tyaago vator api]
tapasvino grāma-sevā
[tapasvino graama-sevaa]
bhikṣor indriya-lolatā
[bhikshor indriya-lolataa]
āśramāpasadā hy ete
[aashramaapasadaa hy ete]
khalv āśrama-viḍambanāḥ
[khalv aashrama-vidambanaah]
deva-māyā-vimūḍhāṁs tān
[deva-maayaa-vimoodhaams taan]
upekṣetānukampayā
[upekshetaanukampayaa]
gṛhasthasya — for a person situated in householder life kriyā-tyāgaḥ — to give up the duty of a householder vrata-tyāgaḥ — to give up vows and austerity vaṭoḥ — for a brahmacārī api — also tapasvinaḥ — for a vānaprastha, one who has adopted a life of austerities grāma-sevā — to live in a village and serve the people therein bhikṣoḥ — for a sannyāsī who lived by begging alms indriya-lolatā — addicted to sense enjoyment āśrama — of the spiritual orders of life apasadāḥ — the most abominable hi — indeed ete — all these khalu — indeed āśrama-viḍambanāḥ — imitating and therefore cheating the different spiritual orders deva-māyā-vimūḍhān — who are bewildered by the external energy of the Supreme Lord tān — them upekṣeta — one should reject and not accept as genuine anukampayā — or by compassion (teach them real life).
Blended reading (Sanskrit + English inline)
gṛhasthasya kriyā-tyāgo
gṛhasthasya
for a person situated in householder life
kriyā-tyāgaḥ
to give up the duty of a householder
vrata-tyāgo vaṭor api
vrata-tyāgaḥ
to give up vows and austerity
vaṭoḥ
for a brahmacārī
api
also
tapasvino grāma-sevā
tapasvinaḥ
for a vānaprastha, one who has adopted a life of austerities
grāma-sevā
to live in a village and serve the people therein
bhikṣor indriya-lolatā
bhikṣoḥ
for a sannyāsī who lived by begging alms
indriya-lolatā
addicted to sense enjoyment
āśramāpasadā hy ete
āśrama
of the spiritual orders of life
apasadāḥ
the most abominable
hi
indeed
ete
all these
khalv āśrama-viḍambanāḥ
khalu
indeed
āśrama-viḍambanāḥ
imitating and therefore cheating the different spiritual orders
deva-māyā-vimūḍhāṁs tān
deva-māyā-vimūḍhān
who are bewildered by the external energy of the Supreme Lord
tān
them
upekṣetānukampayā
upekṣeta
one should reject and not accept as genuine
anukampayā
or by compassion (teach them real life).
It is abominable for a person living in the gṛhastha-āśrama to give up the regulative principles, for a brahmacārī not to follow the brahmacārī vows while living under the care of the guru, for a vānaprastha to live in the village and engage in so-called social activities, or for a sannyāsī to be addicted to sense gratification. One who acts in this way is to be considered the lowest renegade. Such a pretender is bewildered by the external energy of the Supreme Personality of Godhead, and one should either reject him from any position, or taking compassion upon him, teach him, if possible, to resume his original position.

We have repeatedly stressed that human culture does not begin unless one takes to the principles of varṇāśrama-dharma. Although gṛhastha life is a concession for the enjoyment of sex, one cannot enjoy sex without following the rules and regulations of householder life. Furthermore, as already instructed, a brahmacārī must live under the care of the guru: brahmacārī gurukule vasan dānto guror hitam. If a brahmacārī does not live under the care of the guru, if a vānaprastha engages in ordinary activities, or if a sannyāsī is greedy and eats meat, eggs and all kinds of nonsense for the satisfaction of his tongue, he is a cheater and should immediately be rejected as unimportant. Such persons should be shown compassion, and if one has sufficient strength one should teach them to stop them from following the wrong path in life. Otherwise one should reject them and pay them no attention.

— A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupāda
Viśvanātha Cakravartī Ṭhākura Gauḍīya
Translation
It is abominable for a householder to give up his prescribed duties, for a brahmacārī not to follow his vows, for a vānaprastha to engage in village activities, or for a sannyāsī to be addicted to sense gratification. They are outcastes of their āśramas, cheaters of the āśramas. One should neglect giving them mercy, since they are bewildered by the Lord’s māyā. Lolatā means greed. One should neglect them concerning compassion. This means that when they die, one does not give them teachings on the truth out of mercy, since such teachings will be useless to them.
📝 My note

Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam 7.15.40

↗
ఆత్మానం చేద్విజానీయాత్పరం జ్ఞానధుతాశయ: । కిమిచ్ఛన్కస్య వా హేతోర్దేహం పుష్ణాతి లమ్పట: ॥ ౪౦ ॥
ātmānaṁ ced vijānīyāt
[aatmaanam ched vijaaneeyaat]
paraṁ jṣāna-dhutāśayaḥ
[param jshaana-dhutaashayah]
kim icchan kasya vā hetor
[kim ichchan kasya vaa hetor]
dehaṁ puṣṇāti lampaṭaḥ
[deham pushnaati lampatah]
ātmānam — the soul and the Supersoul cet — if vijānīyāt — can understand param — who are transcendental, beyond this material world jṣāna — by knowledge dhuta-āśayaḥ — one who has cleansed his consciousness kim — what icchan — desiring material comforts kasya — for whom vā — or hetoḥ — for what reason deham — the material body puṣṇāti — he maintains lampaṭaḥ — being unlawfully addicted to sense gratification.
Blended reading (Sanskrit + English inline)
ātmānaṁ ced vijānīyāt
ātmānam
the soul and the Supersoul
cet
if
vijānīyāt
can understand
paraṁ jṣāna-dhutāśayaḥ
param
who are transcendental, beyond this material world
jṣāna
by knowledge
dhuta-āśayaḥ
one who has cleansed his consciousness
kim icchan kasya vā hetor
kim
what
icchan
desiring material comforts
kasya
for whom
vā
or
hetoḥ
for what reason
dehaṁ puṣṇāti lampaṭaḥ
deham
the material body
puṣṇāti
he maintains
lampaṭaḥ
being unlawfully addicted to sense gratification.
The human form of body is meant for understanding the self and the Supreme Self, the Supreme Personality of Godhead, both of whom are transcendentally situated. If both of them can be understood when one is purified by advanced knowledge, for what reason and for whom does a foolish, greedy person maintain the body for sense gratification?

Of course, everyone in this material world is interested in maintaining the body for sense gratification, but by cultivating knowledge one should gradually understand that the body is not the self. Both the soul and the Supersoul are transcendental to the material world. This is to be understood in the human form of life, especially when one takes sannyāsa. A sannyāsī, one who has understood the self, should be engaged in elevating the self and associating with the Superself. Our Kṛṣṇa consciousness movement is meant for elevating the living being for promotion back home, back to Godhead. Seeking such elevation is one’s duty in the human form of life. Unless one performs this duty, why should one maintain the body? Especially if a sannyāsī not only maintains the body by ordinary means but does everything to maintain the body, including even eating meat and other abominable things, he must be a lampaṭaḥ, a greedy person simply engaged in sense gratification. A sannyāsī must specifically remove himself from the urges of the tongue, belly and genitals, which disturb one as long as one is not fully aware that the body is separate from the soul.

— A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupāda
Viśvanātha Cakravartī Ṭhākura Gauḍīya
Translation
If a person cleansed by knowledge knows that the ātmā is different from the body, with what desire and for what reason does that enjoyer nourish the body? Among these the sannyāsī is particularly criticized. The potential case is used to show that he has obtained disturbance in his practice. If he has purified his mind by knowledge he should concentrate on the self, different from the body. Then what does he desire? He nourishes the body, filled with greed for enjoying the tongue. Lampaṭaḥ also suggests that he is greedy for sex life.
📝 My note

Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam 7.15.41

↗
ఆహు: శరీరం రథమిన్ద్రియాణి హయానభీషూన్మన ఇన్ద్రియేశమ్ । వర్త్మాని మాత్రా ధిషణాం చ సూతం సత్త్వం బృహద్ బన్ధురమీశసృష్టమ్ ॥ ౪౧ ॥
āhuḥ śarīraṁ ratham indriyāṇi
[aahuh shareeram ratham indriyaani]
hayān abhīṣūn mana indriyeśam
[hayaan abheeshoon mana indriyesham]
vartmāni mātrā dhiṣaṇāṁ ca sūtaṁ
[vartmaani maatraa dhishanaam cha sootam]
sattvaṁ bṛhad bandhuram īśa-sṛṣṭam
[sattvam brihad bandhuram eesha-srishtam]
āhuḥ — it is said śarīram — the body ratham — the chariot indriyāṇi — the senses hayān — the horses abhīṣūn — the reins manaḥ — the mind indriya — of the senses īśam — the master vartmāni — the destinations mātrāḥ — the sense objects dhiṣaṇām — the intelligence ca — and sūtam — the chariot driver sattvam — consciousness bṛhat — great bandhuram — bondage īśa — by the Supreme Personality of Godhead sṛṣṭam — created.
Blended reading (Sanskrit + English inline)
āhuḥ śarīraṁ ratham indriyāṇi
āhuḥ
it is said
śarīram
the body
ratham
the chariot
indriyāṇi
the senses
hayān abhīṣūn mana indriyeśam
hayān
the horses
abhīṣūn
the reins
manaḥ
the mind
indriya
of the senses
vartmāni mātrā dhiṣaṇāṁ ca sūtaṁ
īśam
the master
sattvaṁ bṛhad bandhuram īśa-sṛṣṭam
vartmāni
the destinations
mātrāḥ
the sense objects
dhiṣaṇām
the intelligence
ca
and
sūtam
the chariot driver
sattvam
consciousness
bṛhat
great
bandhuram
bondage
īśa
by the Supreme Personality of Godhead
sṛṣṭam
created.
Transcendentalists who are advanced in knowledge compare the body, which is made by the order of the Supreme Personality of Godhead, to a chariot. The senses are like the horses; the mind, the master of the senses, is like the reins; the objects of the senses are the destinations; intelligence is the chariot driver; and consciousness, which spreads throughout the body, is the cause of bondage in this material world.

For a bewildered person in the materialistic way of life, the body, the mind and the senses, which are engaged in sense gratification, are the cause of bondage to repeated birth, death, old age and disease. But for one who is advanced in spiritual knowledge, the same body, senses and mind are the cause of liberation. This is confirmed in the Kaṭha Upaniṣad (1.3.3-4,9) as follows:

ātmānaṁ rathinaṁ viddhi śarīraṁ ratham eva ca buddhiṁ tu sārathiṁ viddhi manaḥ pragraham eva ca

indriyāṇi hayān āhur viṣayāṁs teṣu gocarān so ’dhvanaḥ pāram āpnoti tad viṣṇoḥ paramaṁ padam

The soul is the occupant of the chariot of the body, of which the driver is the intelligence. The mind is the determination to reach the destination, the senses are the horses, and the sense objects are also included in that activity. Thus one can reach the destination, Viṣṇu, who is paramaṁ padam, the supreme goal of life. In conditioned life the consciousness in the body is the cause of bondage, but the same consciousness, when transformed into Kṛṣṇa consciousness, becomes the cause for one’s returning home, back to Godhead.

The human body, therefore, may be used in two ways — for going to the darkest regions of ignorance or for going forward, back home, back to Godhead. To go back to Godhead, the path is mahat-sevā, to accept the self-realized spiritual master. Mahat-sevāṁ dvāram āhur vimukteḥ . For liberation, one should accept the direction of authorized devotees who can actually endow one with perfect knowledge. On the other hand, tamo-dvāraṁ yoṣitāṁ saṅgi-saṅgam: if one wants to go to the darkest regions of material existence, one may continue to associate with persons who are attached to women ( yoṣitāṁ saṅgi-saṅgam ). The word yoṣit means “woman.” Persons who are too materialistic are attached to women.

It is said, therefore, ātmānaṁ rathinaṁ viddhi śarīraṁ ratham eva ca. The body is just like a chariot or car in which one may go anywhere. One may drive well, or else one may drive whimsically, in which case it is quite possible that he may have an accident and fall into a ditch. In other words, if one takes directions from the experienced spiritual master one can go back home, back to Godhead; otherwise, one may return to the cycle of birth and death. Therefore Kṛṣṇa personally advises:

aśraddadhānāḥ puruṣā dharmasyāsya parantapa aprāpya māṁ nivartante mṛtyu-saṁsāra-vartmani

“Those who are not faithful on the path of devotional service cannot attain Me, O conqueror of foes, but return to birth and death in this material world.” ( Bg. 9.3 ) The Supreme Personality of Godhead, Kṛṣṇa, personally gives instructions on how one can return home, back to Godhead, but if one does not care to listen to His instructions, the result will be that one will never go back to Godhead, but will continue life in this miserable condition of repeated birth and death in material existence ( mṛtyu-saṁsāra-vartmani ).

The advice of experienced transcendentalists, therefore, is that the body be fully engaged for achieving the ultimate goal of life ( svārtha-gatim ). The real interest or goal of life is to return home, back to Godhead. To enable one to fulfill this purpose, there are so many Vedic literatures, including Vedānta-sūtra, the Upaniṣads, Bhagavad-gītā, Mahābhārata and the Rāmāyaṇa. One should take lessons from these Vedic literatures and learn how to practice nivṛtti-mārga. Then one’s life will be perfect. The body is important as long as it has consciousness. Without consciousness, the body is merely a lump of matter. Therefore, to return home, back to Godhead, one must change his consciousness from material consciousness to Kṛṣṇa consciousness. One’s consciousness is the cause of material bondage, but if this consciousness is purified by bhakti-yoga, one can then understand the falsity of his upādhi, his designations as Indian, American, Hindu, Muslim, Christian and so on. Sarvopādhi-vinirmuktaṁ tat-paratvena nirmalam. One must forget these designations and use this consciousness only for the service of Kṛṣṇa. Therefore if one takes advantage of the Kṛṣṇa consciousness movement, his life is certainly successful.

— A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupāda
Viśvanātha Cakravartī Ṭhākura Gauḍīya
Translation
The jṣānīs say that the body is a chariot. The senses are the horses; the mind, the master of the senses, is the reins; the objects of the senses are the destinations; intelligence is the chariot driver; and consciousness, which spreads throughout the body, made by the Lord, is the seat for the charioteer. The body and senses which are the cause of obstacles for the inattentive person are useful for the attentive yogī. This is the meaning conveyed through the śruti metaphor ātmānaṁ rathinaṁ viddhi śarīraṁ rathameva ca: know that the body is a chariot and the soul is the passenger. This is now explained in six verses. The mind is the master of the senses. It is called the reins. The sense objects are the paths, the places for the senses to go. The citta (sattvam) is called large (bṛhat) because it pervades the body. It is the seat for the charioteer. Without the citta, the body becomes incoherent. The creator of the seat, or the citta, is the Lord. Īśa-sṛṣṭam also modifies all items. All are created by the Lord.
Related verses
📝 My note

Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam 7.15.42

↗
అక్షం దశప్రాణమధర్మధర్మౌ చక్రేఽభిమానం రథినం చ జీవమ్ । ధనుర్హి తస్య ప్రణవం పఠన్తి శరం తు జీవం పరమేవ లక్ష్యమ్ ॥ ౪౨ ॥
akṣaṁ daśa-prāṇam adharma-dharmau
[aksham dasha-praanam adharma-dharmau]
cakre ’bhimānaṁ rathinaṁ ca jīvam
[chakre ’bhimaanam rathinam cha jeevam]
dhanur hi tasya praṇavaṁ paṭhanti
[dhanur hi tasya pranavam pathanti]
śaraṁ tu jīvaṁ param eva lakṣyam
[sharam tu jeevam param eva lakshyam]
akṣam — the spokes (on the chariot wheel) daśa — ten prāṇam — the ten kinds of air flowing within the body adharma — irreligion dharmau — religion (two sides of the wheel, up and down) cakre — in the wheel abhimānam — false identification rathinam — the charioteer or master of the body ca — also jīvam — the living entity dhanuḥ — the bow hi — indeed tasya — his praṇavam — the Vedic mantra oṁkāra paṭhanti — it is said śaram — an arrow tu — but jīvam — the living entity param — the Supreme Lord eva — indeed lakṣyam — the target.
Blended reading (Sanskrit + English inline)
akṣaṁ daśa-prāṇam adharma-dharmau
akṣam
the spokes (on the chariot wheel)
daśa
ten
prāṇam
the ten kinds of air flowing within the body
adharma
irreligion
dharmau
religion (two sides of the wheel, up and down)
cakre ’bhimānaṁ rathinaṁ ca jīvam
cakre
in the wheel
abhimānam
false identification
rathinam
the charioteer or master of the body
ca
also
jīvam
the living entity
dhanur hi tasya praṇavaṁ paṭhanti
dhanuḥ
the bow
hi
indeed
tasya
his
praṇavam
the Vedic mantra oṁkāra
paṭhanti
it is said
śaraṁ tu jīvaṁ param eva lakṣyam
śaram
an arrow
tu
but
jīvam
the living entity
param
the Supreme Lord
eva
indeed
lakṣyam
the target.
The ten kinds of air acting within the body are compared to the spokes of the chariot’s wheels, and the top and bottom of the wheel itself are called religion and irreligion. The living entity in the bodily concept of life is the owner of the chariot. The Vedic mantra praṇava is the bow, the pure living entity himself is the arrow, and the target is the Supreme Being.

Ten kinds of life air always flow within the material body. They are called prāṇa, apāna, samāna, vyāna, udāna, nāga, kūrma, kṛkala, devadatta and dhanaṣjaya. They are compared here to the spokes of the chariot’s wheels. The life air is the energy for all of a living being’s activities, which are sometimes religious and sometimes irreligious. Thus religion and irreligion are said to be the upper and lower portions of the chariot’s wheels. When the living entity decides to go back home, back to Godhead, his target is Lord Viṣṇu, the Supreme Personality of Godhead. In the conditioned state of life, one does not understand that the goal of life is the Supreme Lord. Na te viduḥ svārtha-gatiṁ hi viṣṇuṁ durāśayā ye bahir-artha-māninaḥ . The living entity tries to be happy within this material world, not understanding the target of his life. When he is purified, however, he gives up his bodily conception of life and his false identity as belonging to a certain community, a certain nation, a certain society, a certain family and so on ( sarvopādhi-vinirmuktaṁ tat-paratvena nirmalam ). Then he takes the arrow of his purified life, and with the help of the bow — the transcendental chanting of praṇava, or the Hare Kṛṣṇa mantra — he throws himself toward the Supreme Personality of Godhead.

Śrīla Viśvanātha Cakravartī Ṭhākura has commented that because the words “bow” and “arrow” are used in this verse, one might argue that the Supreme Personality of Godhead and the living entity have become enemies. However, although the Supreme Personality of Godhead may become the so-called enemy of the living being, this is His chivalrous pleasure. For example, the Lord fought with Bhīṣma, and when Bhīṣma pierced the Lord’s body on the Battlefield of Kurukṣetra, this was a kind of humor or relationship, of which there are twelve. When the conditioned soul tries to reach the Lord by hurling an arrow at Him, the Lord takes pleasure, and the living entity gains the profit of going back home, back to Godhead. Another example given in this regard is that Arjuna, as a result of piercing the ādhāra-mīna, or the fish within the cakra, achieved the valuable gain of Draupadī. Similarly, if with the arrow of chanting the holy name of the Lord one pierces Lord Viṣṇu’s lotus feet, by dint of performing this heroic activity of devotional service one receives the benefit of returning home, back to Godhead.

— A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupāda
Viśvanātha Cakravartī Ṭhākura Gauḍīya
Translation
The ten life airs are the spokes. Dharma and adharma are the wheels. The conditioned jīva is the passenger. Oṁ is the bow. They say the pure jīva is the arrow, aimed at the Supreme Lord. The ten types of prāṇa are the spokes. They say the conditioned jīva is the passenger. Oṁ is the valuable bow obtained by the mercy of guru. The pure jīva is the arrow, aimed at the supreme Brahman. As an arrow is aimed with a bow and shot at a target, the jīva is shot at Brahman by uttering oṁ. “But in the metaphor of the chariot, if one aims at Brahman, then Brahman becomes the enemy. The enemy, climbing the chariot, is pierced by an arrow. Is the Brahman the enemy of the jīva because Brahman binds the jīva by its māyā-śakti?” nibhṛta-marun-mano-'kṣa-dṛḍha-yoga-yujo hṛdi yan munaya upāsate tad arayo 'pi yayuḥ smaraṇāt Simply by constantly thinking of him, the enemies of the Lord attained the same Supreme Truth whom sages fixed in yoga worship by controlling their breath, mind and senses. SB 10.87.23 It is true that, by having enmity for the Lord, one can attain the equivalent of the liberation that sages desire. Some say that the Supreme Lord gives both the jṣānī and the enemy liberation on seeing the small amount of secondary bhakti included within jṣāna and the assistance that the enemies give to the Lord in experiencing the happiness of vīra-rasa, since both enemies and the jṣānīs fire arrows at the Lord. Others say that, in aiming at the Paramātmā, they are like those who aimed at the fish in the wheel at Draupadī’s svayamvara ceremony. Just as Arjuna pierced the target with an arrow by the strength of his arms and attained Draupadī, the jṣānīs attain liberation by the strength of their bhakti. (Thus they are not really enemies.)
📝 My note

Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam 7.15.43-44

↗
రాగో ద్వేషశ్చ లోభశ్చ శోకమోహౌ భయం మద: । మానోఽవమానోఽసూయా చ మాయా హింసా చ మత్సర: ॥ ౪౩ ॥ రజ: ప్రమాద: క్షున్నిద్రా శత్రవస్త్వేవమాదయ: । రజస్తమ:ప్రకృతయ: సత్త్వప్రకృతయ: క్‍వచిత్ ॥ ౪౪ ॥ H
rāgo dveṣaś ca lobhaś ca
[raago dveshash cha lobhash cha]
śoka-mohau bhayaṁ madaḥ
[shoka-mohau bhayam madah]
māno ’vamāno ’sūyā ca
[maano ’vamaano ’sooyaa cha]
māyā hiṁsā ca matsaraḥ
[maayaa himsaa cha matsarah]
rajaḥ pramādaḥ kṣun-nidrā
[rajah pramaadah kshun-nidraa]
śatravas tv evam ādayaḥ
[shatravas tv evam aadayah]
rajas-tamaḥ-prakṛtayaḥ
[rajas-tamah-prakritayah]
sattva-prakṛtayaḥ kvacit
[sattva-prakritayah kvachit]
rāgaḥ — attachment dveṣaḥ — hostility ca — also lobhaḥ — greed ca — also śoka — lamentation mohau — illusion bhayam — fear madaḥ — madness mānaḥ — false prestige avamānaḥ — insult asūyā — finding fault with others ca — also māyā — deception hiṁsā — envy ca — also matsaraḥ — intolerance rajaḥ — passion pramādaḥ — bewilderment kṣut — hunger nidrā — sleep śatravaḥ — enemies tu — indeed evam ādayaḥ — even other such conceptions of life rajaḥ-tamaḥ — because of the conception of passion and ignorance prakṛtayaḥ — causes sattva — because of the conception of goodness prakṛtayaḥ — causes kvacit — sometimes.
Blended reading (Sanskrit + English inline)
rāgo dveṣaś ca lobhaś ca
rāgaḥ
attachment
dveṣaḥ
hostility
ca
also
lobhaḥ
greed
ca
also
śoka-mohau bhayaṁ madaḥ
śoka
lamentation
mohau
illusion
bhayam
fear
madaḥ
madness
māno ’vamāno ’sūyā ca
mānaḥ
false prestige
māyā hiṁsā ca matsaraḥ
rajaḥ pramādaḥ kṣun-nidrā
śatravas tv evam ādayaḥ
avamānaḥ
insult
asūyā
finding fault with others
ca
also
māyā
deception
hiṁsā
envy
ca
also
rajas-tamaḥ-prakṛtayaḥ
matsaraḥ
intolerance
rajaḥ
passion
sattva-prakṛtayaḥ kvacit
pramādaḥ
bewilderment
kṣut
hunger
nidrā
sleep
śatravaḥ
enemies
tu
indeed
evam ādayaḥ
even other such conceptions of life
rajaḥ-tamaḥ
because of the conception of passion and ignorance
prakṛtayaḥ
causes
sattva
because of the conception of goodness
prakṛtayaḥ
causes
kvacit
sometimes.
In the conditioned stage, one’s conceptions of life are sometimes polluted by passion and ignorance, which are exhibited by attachment, hostility, greed, lamentation, illusion, fear, madness, false prestige, insults, fault-finding, deception, envy, intolerance, passion, bewilderment, hunger and sleep. All of these are enemies. Sometimes one’s conceptions are also polluted by goodness.

The actual aim of life is to go back home, back to Godhead, but there are many hindrances created by the three modes of material nature — sometimes by a combination of rajo-guṇa and tamo-guṇa, the modes of passion and ignorance, and sometimes by the mode of goodness. In the material world, even if one is a philanthropist, a nationalist and a good man according to materialistic estimations, these conceptions of life form a hindrance to spiritual advancement. How much more of a hindrance, then, are hostility, greed, illusion, lamentation and too much attachment to material enjoyment? To progress toward the target of Viṣṇu, which is our real self-interest, one must become very powerful in conquering these various hindrances or enemies. In other words, one should not be attached to being a good man or a bad man in this material world.

In this material world, so-called goodness and badness are the same because they consist of the three modes of material nature. One must transcend this material nature. Even the Vedic ritualistic ceremonies consist of the three modes of material nature. Therefore Kṛṣṇa advised Arjuna:

traiguṇya-viṣayā vedā nistraiguṇyo bhavārjuna nirdvandvo nitya-sattva-stho niryoga-kṣema ātmavān

“The Vedas mainly deal with the subject of the three modes of material nature. Rise above these modes, O Arjuna. Be transcendental to all of them. Be free from all dualities and from all anxieties for gain and safety, and be established in the self.” ( Bg. 2.45 ) Elsewhere in Bhagavad-gītā the Lord says, ūrdhvaṁ gacchanti sattva-sthāḥ: if one becomes a very good person — in other words, if one is in the mode of goodness — he may be elevated to the higher planetary systems. Similarly, if one is infected by rajo-guṇa and tamo-guṇa, he may remain in this world or go down to the animal kingdom. But all of these situations are hindrances on the path of spiritual salvation. Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu therefore says:

brahmāṇḍa bhramite kona bhāgyavān jīva guru-kṛṣṇa-prasāde pāya bhakti-latā-bīja

If one is fortunate enough to transcend all this so-called goodness and badness and come to the platform of devotional service by the mercy of Kṛṣṇa and the guru, his life becomes successful. In this regard, one must be very bold so that he can conquer these enemies of Kṛṣṇa consciousness. Not caring for the good and bad of this material world, one must boldly propagate Kṛṣṇa consciousness.

— A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupāda
Viśvanātha Cakravartī Ṭhākura Gauḍīya
Translation
The enemies are attachment, hostility, greed, lamentation, illusion, fear, madness, pride, disrespect, envy, deception, violence, intolerance, passion, bewilderment, hunger and sleep. Sometimes they are influenced by rajas and tamas and sometimes by sattva. Just as one who attains the bride at a svayamvara ceremony kills the opposing kings by his strength, so the sannyāsīs must kill attachment, hatred and other qualities by the strength of bhakti to the Lord. This is explained in three verses. Sometimes these qualities manifest in rajas or tamas and sometimes in sattva. In sattva the obstacles may manifest in the form of helping others etc.
Related verses
📝 My note

Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam 7.15.45

↗
యావన్నృకాయరథమాత్మవశోపకల్పం ధత్తే గరిష్ఠచరణార్చనయా నిశాతమ్ । జ్ఞానాసిమచ్యుతబలో దధదస్తశత్రు: స్వానన్దతుష్ట ఉపశాన్త ఇదం విజహ్యాత్ ॥ ౪౫ ॥
yāvan nṛ-kāya-ratham ātma-vaśopakalpaṁ
[yaavan nri-kaaya-ratham aatma-vashopakalpam]
dhatte gariṣṭha-caraṇārcanayā niśātam
[dhatte garishtha-charanaarchanayaa nishaatam]
jṣānāsim acyuta-balo dadhad asta-śatruḥ
[jshaanaasim achyuta-balo dadhad asta-shatruh]
svānanda-tuṣṭa upaśānta idaṁ vijahyāt
[svaananda-tushta upashaanta idam vijahyaat]
yāvat — as long as nṛ-kāya — this human form of body ratham — considered to be a chariot ātma-vaśa — dependent upon one’s own control upakalpam — in which there are many other subordinate parts dhatte — one possesses gariṣṭha-caraṇa — the lotus feet of the superiors (namely the spiritual master and his predecessors) arcanayā — by serving niśātam — sharpened jṣāna-asim — the sword or weapon of knowledge acyuta-balaḥ — by the transcendental strength of Kṛṣṇa dadhat — holding asta-śatruḥ — until the enemy is defeated sva-ānanda-tuṣṭaḥ — being fully self-satisfied by transcendental bliss upaśāntaḥ — the consciousness being cleansed of all material contamination idam — this body vijahyāt — one should give up.
Blended reading (Sanskrit + English inline)
yāvan nṛ-kāya-ratham ātma-vaśopakalpaṁ
yāvat
as long as
nṛ-kāya
this human form of body
ratham
considered to be a chariot
ātma-vaśa
dependent upon one’s own control
dhatte gariṣṭha-caraṇārcanayā niśātam
jṣānāsim acyuta-balo dadhad asta-śatruḥ
svānanda-tuṣṭa upaśānta idaṁ vijahyāt
upakalpam
in which there are many other subordinate parts
dhatte
one possesses
gariṣṭha-caraṇa
the lotus feet of the superiors (namely the spiritual master and his predecessors)
arcanayā
by serving
niśātam
sharpened
jṣāna-asim
the sword or weapon of knowledge
acyuta-balaḥ
by the transcendental strength of Kṛṣṇa
dadhat
holding
asta-śatruḥ
until the enemy is defeated
sva-ānanda-tuṣṭaḥ
being fully self-satisfied by transcendental bliss
upaśāntaḥ
the consciousness being cleansed of all material contamination
idam
this body
vijahyāt
one should give up.
As long as one has to accept a material body, with its different parts and paraphernalia, which are not fully under one’s control, one must have the lotus feet of his superiors, namely his spiritual master and the spiritual master’s predecessors. By their mercy, one can sharpen the sword of knowledge, and with the power of the Supreme Personality of Godhead’s mercy one must then conquer the enemies mentioned above. In this way, the devotee should be able to merge into his own transcendental bliss, and then he may give up his body and resume his spiritual identity.

In Bhagavad-gītā (4.9) the Lord says:

janma karma ca me divyam evaṁ yo vetti tattvataḥ tyaktvā dehaṁ punar janma naiti mām eti so ’rjuna

“One who knows the transcendental nature of My appearance and activities does not, upon leaving the body, take his birth again in this material world, but attains My eternal abode, O Arjuna.” This is the highest perfection of life, and the human body is meant for this purpose. It is said in Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam (11.20.17) :

nṛ-deham ādyaṁ sulabhaṁ sudurlabhaṁ plavaṁ sukalpaṁ guru-karṇadhāram mayānukūlena nabhasvateritaṁ pumān bhavābdhiṁ na taret sa ātma-hā

This human form of body is a most valuable boat, and the spiritual master is the captain, guru-karṇadhāram, to guide the boat in plying across the ocean of nescience. The instruction of Kṛṣṇa is a favorable breeze. One must use all these facilities to cross over the ocean of nescience. Since the spiritual master is the captain, one must serve the spiritual master very sincerely so that by his mercy one will be able to get the mercy of the Supreme Lord.

A significant word here is acyuta-balaḥ. The spiritual master is certainly very merciful to his disciples, and consequently by satisfying him a devotee gets strength from the Supreme Personality of Godhead. Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu therefore says, guru-kṛṣṇa-prasāde pāya bhakti-latā-bīja: one must first please the spiritual master, and then one automatically pleases Kṛṣṇa and gets the strength with which to cross the ocean of nescience. If one seriously desires to return home, back to Godhead, one must therefore become strong enough by pleasing the spiritual master, for thus one gets the weapon with which to conquer the enemy, and one also gets the grace of Kṛṣṇa. Simply getting the weapon of jṣāna is insufficient. One must sharpen the weapon by serving the spiritual master and adhering to his instructions. Then the candidate will get the mercy of the Supreme Personality of Godhead. In general warfare one must take help from his chariot and horses in order to conquer his enemy, and after conquering his enemies he may give up the chariot and its paraphernalia. Similarly, as long as one has a human body, one should fully use it to obtain the highest perfection of life, namely going back home, back to Godhead.

The perfection of knowledge is certainly to become transcendentally situated ( brahma-bhūta ). As the Lord says in Bhagavad-gītā (18.54) :

brahma-bhūtaḥ prasannātmā na śocati na kāṅkṣati samaḥ sarveṣu bhūteṣu mad-bhaktiṁ labhate parām

“One who is transcendentally situated at once realizes the Supreme Brahman and becomes fully joyful. He never laments or desires to have anything; he is equally disposed toward all living entities. In that state he attains pure devotional service.” Simply by cultivating knowledge as the impersonalists do, one cannot get out of the clutches of māyā. One must attain the platform of bhakti.

bhaktyā mām abhijānāti yāvān yaś cāsmi tattvataḥ tato māṁ tattvato jṣātvā viśate tad-anantaram

“One can understand the Supreme Personality as He is only by devotional service. And when one is in full consciousness of the Supreme Lord by such devotion, he can enter into the kingdom of God.” ( Bg. 18.55 ) Unless one has attained the stage of devotional service and the mercy of the spiritual master and Kṛṣṇa, there is a possibility that one may fall down and again accept a material body. Therefore Kṛṣṇa stresses in Bhagavad-gītā (4.9) :

janma karma ca me divyam evaṁ yo vetti tattvataḥ tyaktvā dehaṁ punar janma naiti mām eti so ’rjuna

“One who knows the transcendental nature of My appearance and activities does not, upon leaving the body, take his birth again in this material world, but attains My eternal abode, O Arjuna.”

The word tattvataḥ, meaning “in reality,” is very important. Tato māṁ tattvato jṣātvā. Unless one understands Kṛṣṇa in truth by the mercy of the spiritual master, one is not free to give up his material body. As it is said, āruhya kṛcchreṇa paraṁ padaṁ tataḥ patanty adho ’nādṛta-yuṣmad-aṅghrayaḥ: if one neglects to serve the lotus feet of Kṛṣṇa, one cannot become free from the material clutches simply by knowledge. Even if one attains the stage of brahma-padam, merging in Brahman, without bhakti he is prone to fall down. One must be very careful in regard to the danger of falling down again into material bondage. The only insurance is to come to the stage of bhakti, from which one is sure not to fall. Then one is free from the activities of the material world. In summary, as stated by Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu, one must get in touch with a bona fide spiritual master coming in the paramparā of Kṛṣṇa consciousness, for by his mercy and instructions one is able to get strength from Kṛṣṇa. Thus one engages in devotional service and attains the ultimate goal of life, the lotus feet of Viṣṇu.

Significant in this verse are the words jṣānāsim acyuta-balaḥ. Jṣānāsim, the sword of knowledge, is given by Kṛṣṇa, and when one serves the guru and Kṛṣṇa in order to hold the sword of Kṛṣṇa’s instructions, Balarāma gives one strength. Balarāma is Nityānanda. Vrajendra-nandana yei, śacī-suta haila sei, balarāma ha-ila nitāi. This bala — Balarāma — comes with Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu, and both of Them are so merciful that in this Age of Kali one may very easily take shelter of Their lotus feet. They come especially to deliver the fallen souls of this age. Pāpī tāpī yata chila, hari-nāme uddhārila . Their weapon is saṅkīrtana, hari-nāma. Thus one should accept the sword of knowledge from Kṛṣṇa and be strong with the mercy of Balarāma. We are therefore worshiping Kṛṣṇa-Balarāma in Vṛndāvana. In the Muṇḍaka Upaniṣad (3.2.4) it is said:

nāyam ātmā bala-hīnena labhyo na ca pramādāt tapaso vāpy aliṅgāt etair upāyair yatate yas tu vidvāṁs tasyaiṣa ātmā viśate brahma-dhāma

One cannot attain the goal of life without the mercy of Balarāma. Śrī Narottama dāsa Ṭhākura therefore says, nitāiyera karuṇā habe, vraje rādhā-kṛṣṇa pābe: when one receives the mercy of Balarāma, Nityānanda, one can attain the lotus feet of Rādhā and Kṛṣṇa very easily.

se sambandha nāhi yāra, bṛthā janma gela tāra, vidyā-kule hi karibe tāra

If one has no connection with Nitāi, Balarāma, then even though one is a very learned scholar or jṣānī or has taken birth in a very respectable family, these assets will not help him. We must therefore conquer the enemies of Kṛṣṇa consciousness with the strength received from Balarāma.

— A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupāda
Viśvanātha Cakravartī Ṭhākura Gauḍīya
Translation
As long as one remains in this body, controlling the senses and other components of the chariot of the body with peaceful demeanor, one should destroy the enemies by the strength of the Lord, using the sword of knowledge, sharpened by serving the lotus feet of the great gurus, and then, satisfied with one’s bliss, one should give up the body. As long as one possesses the chariot of the human body, which is assisted by senses and other facilities, while holding the sword of knowledge sharpened by service to the feet of great gurus, being strong with bhakti to the Lord, having destroyed the enemies and satisfied by attaining one’s kingdom of bliss, one should give up the chariot since it is no longer suitable. However one does not give up the strong body on attaining one’s kingdom. After defeating the enemy, one gives up the chariot, bow and arrow. The jṣānī gives up jṣāna, his sādhana for liberation, since it is a covering composed of prakṛti, and then merges with Paramātmā by the small portion of pure bhakti included in his practice of jṣāna. He does not give up that bhakti. One must reject both jṣāna and ajṣāna since they are functions of māyā-śakti, in order to merge with Paramātmā by the functioning of the Lord’s svarūpa-śakti. They say that oṁ is the bow. The arrow is the jīva, aimed at the Brahman. The arrow, separating from the bow and chariot, enters the target by the force of the person shooting the arrow. Similarly, the pure jīva, giving up the impure jīva with its body, senses and avidyā, and giving up vidyā in the form of oṁ, which causes knowledge for liberation--by the strength of a small amount of pure bhakti residing in the impure jīva, the pure jīva realizes Paramātmā and merges into him. That is the meaning when the Lord says: brahma-bhūtaḥ prasannātmā na śocati na kāṅkṣati samaḥ sarveṣu bhūteṣu mad-bhaktiṁ labhate parām || Having attained the state of Brahman, being a pure soul, he does not lament at the loss of what he has attained nor does he desire what he has not attained, and looks upon all beings as equal. He then manifests pure bhakti. bhaktyā mām abhijānāti yāvān yaś cāsmi tattvataḥ tato māṁ tattvato jṣātvā viśate tad-anantaram || Only by bhakti can a person know me as Brahman. Then, knowing me as Brahman by that bhakti, he merges with me. BG 18.54-55 When the coverings are removed by perfection of jṣāna mixed with bhakti, one attains the stage of brahma-bhūta, the form of Brahman as pure consciousness without coverings. Because of the removal of contamination, it is called ātmā and joyful (prasanna). He does not lament for what he has lost, as he would in his previous condition, nor does he long for what he has not attained, since he is without bodily identity. He is equal to all beings who are either inimical or friendly, since he does not seek any pleasure in externals. Then, with the disappearance of jṣāna, which is like a fire which disappears without fuel, he attains bhakti which was included in jṣāna, but which is indestructible, since it belongs to the Lord’s svarūpa-śakti, and is different from māyā-śakti. It does not disappear with the disappearance of vidyā and avidyā. Thus he attains pure bhakti (parām), devoid of jṣāna and karma. Previously this small amount of bhakti used for achieving liberation through jṣāna and vairāgya was not visible, though it was present like Paramātmā. The verse says “he attains pure bhakti” rather than “he performs pure bhakti.” It is just like a jewel which, though covered by grains, is not destroyed when the grains are destroyed in time, and then becomes visible. But it is not possible for that person to attain full prema-bhakti at that time, or even merging. Thus parām should not be explained as prema-bhakti. What happens to the person with that bhakti? A particular example is given. Either the jṣānī or various types of devotees, who know me as I am, knows me in truth by bhakti. The Lord says bhaktyāham ekayā grāhyaḥ: I am only known by bhakti. Because of that, by that bhakti alone, after the disappearance of avidyā (tad-anantaram), knowing me, the jṣānī enters me, enjoying the happiness of merging with me. I am not known by vidyā since that is part of māyā, and I am beyond māyā. Bhakti is also sometimes known as a part of vidyā: sāṅkhya-yogau ca vairāgyaṁ tapo bhaktiś ca keśave paṣca-parveti vidyeyaṁ yathā vidvān hariṁ viśet The five parts of knowledge (vidyā) are sāṅkhya, yoga, vairāgya, austerity and bhakti. One who knows these enters the Lord. However, the happiness of merging arises only from the action of the hlādinī-śakti. A portion of bhakti enters into vidyā in order to make it successful, just as a portion of bhakti enters into karma-yoga to make it successful. Without that bhakti, karma, jṣāna and yoga are just wasted labor. Thus, bhakti, beyond the guṇas, is not actually a function of vidyā which belongs to sattva-guṇa. Smṛti says sattvāt saṣjāyate jṣānam: knowledge arises from sattva. (BG 14.17) Just as vidyā is knowledge in sattva, so the knowledge arising from bhakti is actually bhakti. Thus there are two types of knowledge.
Related verses
📝 My note

Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam 7.15.46

↗
నోచేత్ప్రమత్తమసదిన్ద్రియవాజిసూతా నీత్వోత్పథం విషయదస్యుషు నిక్షిపన్తి । తే దస్యవ: సహయసూతమముం తమోఽన్ధే సంసారకూప ఉరుమృత్యుభయే క్షిపన్తి ॥ ౪౬ ॥
nocet pramattam asad-indriya-vāji-sūtā
[nochet pramattam asad-indriya-vaaji-sootaa]
nītvotpathaṁ viṣaya-dasyuṣu nikṣipanti
[neetvotpatham vishaya-dasyushu nikshipanti]
te dasyavaḥ sahaya-sūtam amuṁ tamo ’ndhe
[te dasyavah sahaya-sootam amum tamo ’ndhe]
saṁsāra-kūpa uru-mṛtyu-bhaye kṣipanti
[samsaara-koopa uru-mrityu-bhaye kshipanti]
nocet — if we do not follow the instructions of Acyuta, Kṛṣṇa, and do not take shelter of Balarāma pramattam — careless, inattentive asat — which are always prone to material consciousness indriya — the senses vāji — acting as the horses sūtāḥ — the chariot driver (intelligence) nītvā — bringing utpatham — to the roadway of material desire viṣaya — the sense objects dasyuṣu — in the hands of the plunderers nikṣipanti — throw te — those dasyavaḥ — plunderers sa — with haya-sūtam — the horses and chariot driver amum — all of them tamaḥ — dark andhe — blind saṁsāra-kūpe — into the well of material existence uru — great mṛtyu-bhaye — fear of death kṣipanti — throw.
Blended reading (Sanskrit + English inline)
nocet pramattam asad-indriya-vāji-sūtā
nocet
if we do not follow the instructions of Acyuta, Kṛṣṇa, and do not take shelter of Balarāma
pramattam
careless, inattentive
asat
which are always prone to material consciousness
indriya
the senses
vāji
acting as the horses
sūtāḥ
the chariot driver (intelligence)
nītvotpathaṁ viṣaya-dasyuṣu nikṣipanti
nītvā
bringing
te dasyavaḥ sahaya-sūtam amuṁ tamo ’ndhe
utpatham
to the roadway of material desire
viṣaya
the sense objects
dasyuṣu
in the hands of the plunderers
nikṣipanti
throw
te
those
dasyavaḥ
plunderers
saṁsāra-kūpa uru-mṛtyu-bhaye kṣipanti
sa
with
haya-sūtam
the horses and chariot driver
amum
all of them
tamaḥ
dark
andhe
blind
saṁsāra-kūpe
into the well of material existence
uru
great
mṛtyu-bhaye
fear of death
kṣipanti
throw.
Otherwise, if one does not take shelter of Acyuta and Baladeva, then the senses, acting as the horses, and the intelligence, acting as the driver, both being prone to material contamination, inattentively bring the body, which acts as the chariot, to the path of sense gratification. When one is thus attracted again by the rogues of viṣaya — eating, sleeping and mating — the horses and chariot driver are thrown into the blinding dark well of material existence, and one is again put into a dangerous and extremely fearful situation of repeated birth and death.

Without the protection of Gaura-Nitāi — Kṛṣṇa and Balarāma — one cannot get out of the dark well of ignorance in material existence. This is indicated here by the word nocet, which means that one will always remain in the dark well of material existence. The living entity must get strength from Nitāi-Gaura, or Kṛṣṇa-Balarāma. Without the mercy of Nitāi-Gaura, there is no way to come out of this dark well of ignorance. As stated in the Caitanya-caritāmṛta ( Ādi 1.2) :

vande śrī-kṛṣṇa-caitanya- nityānandau sahoditau gauḍodaye puṣpavantau citrau śandau tamo-nudau

“I offer my respectful obeisances unto Śrī Kṛṣṇa Caitanya and Lord Nityānanda, who are like the sun and moon. They have arisen simultaneously on the horizon of Gauḍa to dissipate the darkness of ignorance and thus wonderfully bestow benediction upon all.” This material world is a dark well of ignorance. The fallen soul in this dark well must take shelter of the lotus feet of Gaura-Nitāi, for thus he can easily emerge from material existence. Without Their strength, simply attempting to get out of the clutches of matter by speculative knowledge will be insufficient.

— A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupāda
Viśvanātha Cakravartī Ṭhākura Gauḍīya
Translation
If a person does not have the strength of the Lord, the horses of the material senses and the driver lead the chariot and inattentive passenger, the jīva, on the wrong road, and throw them to the plunderers--attraction and repulsion. The sense objects, plunderers, throw the jīva in the dark hole of saṁsāra, with great fear of death, along with the horses and driver. In the absence of the strength of the Lord, one cannot achieve the goal. Rather, one falls. If the passenger of the chariot has no strength, if the jīva has no bhakti, then the senses and intelligence take control. Though not having strength of the Lord or bhakti, the jīva boards the chariot in order to take aim, but is inattentive (pramattam). This means that without bhakti, he desires only liberation. The plunderers are attraction, hatred and other qualities.
📝 My note

Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam 7.15.47

↗
ప్రవృత్తం చ నివృత్తం చ ద్వివిధం కర్మ వైదికమ్ । ఆవర్తతే ప్రవృత్తేన నివృత్తేనాశ్నుతేఽమృతమ్ ॥ ౪౭ ॥
pravṛttaṁ ca nivṛttaṁ ca
[pravrittam cha nivrittam cha]
dvi-vidhaṁ karma vaidikam
[dvi-vidham karma vaidikam]
āvartate pravṛttena
[aavartate pravrittena]
nivṛttenāśnute ’mṛtam
[nivrittenaashnute ’mritam]
pravṛttam — inclination for material enjoyment ca — and nivṛttam — cessation of material enjoyment ca — and dvi-vidham — these two varieties karma — of activities vaidikam — recommended in the Vedas āvartate — one travels up and down through the cycle of saṁsāra pravṛttena — by an inclination for enjoying material activities nivṛttena — but by ceasing such activities aśnute — one enjoys amṛtam — eternal life.
Blended reading (Sanskrit + English inline)
pravṛttaṁ ca nivṛttaṁ ca
pravṛttam
inclination for material enjoyment
ca
and
nivṛttam
cessation of material enjoyment
ca
and
dvi-vidhaṁ karma vaidikam
dvi-vidham
these two varieties
karma
of activities
vaidikam
recommended in the Vedas
āvartate pravṛttena
āvartate
one travels up and down through the cycle of saṁsāra
pravṛttena
by an inclination for enjoying material activities
nivṛttenāśnute ’mṛtam
nivṛttena
but by ceasing such activities
aśnute
one enjoys
amṛtam
eternal life.
According to the Vedas, there are two kinds of activities — pravṛtti and nivṛtti. Pravṛtti activities involve raising oneself from a lower to a higher condition of materialistic life, whereas nivṛtti means the cessation of material desire. Through pravṛtti activities one suffers from material entanglement, but by nivṛtti activities one is purified and becomes fit to enjoy eternal, blissful life.

As confirmed in Bhagavad-gītā (16.7) , pravṛttiṁ ca nivṛttiṁ ca janā na vidur āsurāḥ: the asuras, nondevotees, cannot distinguish between pravṛtti and nivṛtti. Whatever they like they do. Such persons think themselves independent of the strong material nature, and therefore they are irresponsible and do not care to act piously. Indeed, they do not distinguish between pious and impious activity. Bhakti, of course, does not depend on pious or impious activity. As stated in Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam (1.2.6) :

sa vai puṁsāṁ paro dharmo yato bhaktir adhokṣaje ahaituky apratihatā yayātmā suprasīdati

“The supreme occupation [ dharma ] for all humanity is that by which men can attain to loving devotional service unto the transcendent Lord. Such devotional service must be unmotivated and uninterrupted in order to completely satisfy the self.” Nonetheless, those who act piously have a better chance to become devotees. As Kṛṣṇa says in Bhagavad-gītā (7.16) , catur-vidhā bhajante māṁ janāḥ sukṛtino ’rjuna: “O Arjuna, four kinds of pious men render devotional service unto Me.” One who takes to devotional service, even with some material motive, is considered pious, and because he has come to Kṛṣṇa, he will gradually come to the stage of bhakti. Then, like Dhruva Mahārāja, he will refuse to accept any material benediction from the Lord ( svāmin kṛtārtho ’smi varaṁ na yāce ). Therefore, even if one is materially inclined, one may take to the shelter of the lotus feet of Kṛṣṇa and Balarāma, or Gaura and Nitāi, so that he will very soon be purified of all material desires ( kṣipraṁ bhavati dharmātmā śaśvac chāntiṁ nigacchati ). As soon as one is freed from inclinations toward pious and impious activities, he becomes a perfect candidate for returning home, back to Godhead.

— A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupāda
Viśvanātha Cakravartī Ṭhākura Gauḍīya
Translation
There are two types of karma, pravṛrti and nivṛtti. By the path of pravṛtti one remains a householder. By the path of nivṛtti one becomes a sannyāsī. “Enjoyment in the word is prescribed in the scriptures. It is not forbidden.” That is true. According to qualification and differing results, one should see the arrangements made. This is explained in ten verses. By the path of pravṛtti one remains a householder. By the path of nivṛtti one becomes a sannyāsī.
📝 My note

Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam 7.15.48-49

↗
¨ హింస్రం ద్రవ్యమయం కామ్యమగ్నిహోత్రాద్యశాన్తిదమ్ । దర్శశ్చ పూర్ణమాసశ్చ చాతుర్మాస్యం పశు: సుత: ॥ ౪౮ ॥ ఏతదిష్టం ప్రవృత్తాఖ్యం హుతం ప్రహుతమేవ చ । పూర్తం సురాలయారామకూపాజీవ్యాదిలక్షణమ్ ॥ ౪౯ ॥
hiṁsraṁ dravyamayaṁ kāmyam
[himsram dravyamayam kaamyam]
agni-hotrādy-aśāntidam
[agni-hotraady-ashaantidam]
darśaś ca pūrṇamāsaś ca
[darshash cha poornamaasash cha]
cāturmāsyaṁ paśuḥ sutaḥ
[chaaturmaasyam pashuh sutah]
etad iṣṭaṁ pravṛttākhyaṁ
[etad ishtam pravrittaakhyam]
hutaṁ prahutam eva ca
[hutam prahutam eva cha]
pūrtaṁ surālayārāma-
[poortam suraalayaaraama-]
kūpājīvyādi-lakṣaṇam
[koopaajeevyaadi-lakshanam]
hiṁsram — a system of killing and sacrificing animals dravya-mayam — requiring much paraphernalia kāmyam — full of unlimited material desires agni-hotra-ādi — ritualistic ceremonies such as the agni-hotra-yajṣa aśānti-dam — causing anxieties darśaḥ — the darśa ritualistic ceremony ca — and pūrṇamāsaḥ — the pūrṇamāsa ritualistic ceremony ca — also cāturmāsyam — observing four months of regulative principles paśuḥ — the ceremony of sacrificing animals or paśu-yajṣa sutaḥ — the soma-yajṣa etat — of all this iṣṭam — the goal pravṛtta-ākhyam — known as material attachment hutam — Vaiśvadeva, an incarnation of the Supreme Personality of Godhead prahutam — a ceremony called Baliharaṇa eva — indeed ca — also pūrtam — for the benefit of the public sura-ālaya — constructing temples for demigods ārāma — resting houses and gardens kūpa — digging wells ājīvya-ādi — activities like distributing food and water lakṣaṇam — symptoms.
Blended reading (Sanskrit + English inline)
hiṁsraṁ dravyamayaṁ kāmyam
hiṁsram
a system of killing and sacrificing animals
dravya-mayam
requiring much paraphernalia
kāmyam
full of unlimited material desires
agni-hotrādy-aśāntidam
agni-hotra-ādi
ritualistic ceremonies such as the agni-hotra-yajṣa
aśānti-dam
causing anxieties
darśaḥ
the darśa ritualistic ceremony
darśaś ca pūrṇamāsaś ca
ca
and
pūrṇamāsaḥ
the pūrṇamāsa ritualistic ceremony
ca
also
cāturmāsyaṁ paśuḥ sutaḥ
cāturmāsyam
observing four months of regulative principles
paśuḥ
the ceremony of sacrificing animals or paśu-yajṣa
sutaḥ
the soma-yajṣa
etad iṣṭaṁ pravṛttākhyaṁ
etat
of all this
iṣṭam
the goal
pravṛtta-ākhyam
known as material attachment
hutaṁ prahutam eva ca
hutam
Vaiśvadeva, an incarnation of the Supreme Personality of Godhead
prahutam
a ceremony called Baliharaṇa
eva
indeed
ca
also
pūrtaṁ surālayārāma-
pūrtam
for the benefit of the public
sura-ālaya
constructing temples for demigods
ārāma
resting houses and gardens
kūpājīvyādi-lakṣaṇam
kūpa
digging wells
ājīvya-ādi
activities like distributing food and water
lakṣaṇam
symptoms.
The ritualistic ceremonies and sacrifices known as agni-hotra-yajṣa, darśa-yajṣa, pūrṇamāsa-yajṣa, cāturmāsya-yajṣa, paśu-yajṣa and soma-yajṣa are all symptomized by the killing of animals and the burning of many valuables, especially food grains, all for the fulfillment of material desires and the creation of anxiety. Performing such sacrifices, worshiping Vaiśvadeva, and performing the ceremony of Baliharaṇa, which all supposedly constitute the goal of life, as well as constructing temples for demigods, building resting houses and gardens, digging wells for the distribution of water, establishing booths for the distribution of food, and performing activities for public welfare — these are all symptomized by attachment to material desires.
Viśvanātha Cakravartī Ṭhākura Gauḍīya
Translation
The ritualistic sacrifices known as agni-hotra–yajṣa, darśa-yajṣa, pūrṇamāsa-yajṣa, cāturmāsya-yajṣa, paśu-yajṣa, soma-yajṣa, Vaiśvadeva and other offerings are the approved path of pravṛtti, producing great material attachment and include killing of animals and offering ingredients to fulfill material desires. It also includes public welfare projects, constructing temples, gardens and wells, and giving sustenance. Hiṁsram means animal killing. Aśaṇtidam means that it produces great attachment. Various types of sacrifices are mentioned (ādi). Paśuḥ means an animal sacrifice. Sutaḥ means a soma sacrifice. Hutam is an offering to the Vaiśvadevas. Prahutam means offering of food. All these are called sacrifice (iṣṭam). Ājīvya means building water holes etc.
📝 My note

Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam 7.15.50-51

↗
ద్రవ్యసూక్ష్మవిపాకశ్చ ధూమో రాత్రిరపక్షయ: । అయనం దక్షిణం సోమో దర్శ ఓషధివీరుధ: ॥ ౫౦ ॥ అన్నం రేత ఇతి క్ష్మేశ పితృయానం పునర్భవ: । ఏకైకశ్యేనానుపూర్వం భూత్వా భూత్వేహ జాయతే ॥ ౫౧ ॥
dravya-sūkṣma-vipākaś ca
[dravya-sookshma-vipaakash cha]
dhūmo rātrir apakṣayaḥ
[dhoomo raatrir apakshayah]
ayanaṁ dakṣiṇaṁ somo
[ayanam dakshinam somo]
darśa oṣadhi-vīrudhaḥ
[darsha oshadhi-veerudhah]
annaṁ reta iti kṣmeśa
[annam reta iti kshmesha]
pitṛ-yānaṁ punar-bhavaḥ
[pitri-yaanam punar-bhavah]
ekaikaśyenānupūrvaṁ
[ekaikashyenaanupoorvam]
bhūtvā bhūtveha jāyate
[bhootvaa bhootveha jaayate]
dravya-sūkṣma-vipākaḥ — the paraphernalia offered as oblations in the fire, such as food grains mixed with ghee ca — and dhūmaḥ — turned to smoke, or the demigod in charge of smoke rātriḥ — the demigod in charge of night apakṣayaḥ — in the dark fortnight of the moon ayanam — the demigod in charge of the passing of the sun dakṣiṇam — in the southern zone somaḥ — the moon darśaḥ — returning oṣadhi — plant life (on the surface of the earth) vīrudhaḥ — vegetation in general (the birth of lamentation) annam — food grains retaḥ — semen iti — in this way kṣma-īśa — O King Yudhiṣṭhira, lord of the earth pitṛ-yānam — the way of taking birth from the father’s semen punaḥ-bhavaḥ — again and again eka-ekaśyena — one after another anupūrvam — successively, according to the gradation bhūtvā — taking birth bhūtvā — again taking birth iha — in this material world jāyate — one exists in the materialistic way of life.
Blended reading (Sanskrit + English inline)
dravya-sūkṣma-vipākaś ca
dravya-sūkṣma-vipākaḥ
the paraphernalia offered as oblations in the fire, such as food grains mixed with ghee
ca
and
dhūmo rātrir apakṣayaḥ
dhūmaḥ
turned to smoke, or the demigod in charge of smoke
rātriḥ
the demigod in charge of night
apakṣayaḥ
in the dark fortnight of the moon
ayanaṁ dakṣiṇaṁ somo
ayanam
the demigod in charge of the passing of the sun
dakṣiṇam
in the southern zone
somaḥ
the moon
darśa oṣadhi-vīrudhaḥ
darśaḥ
returning
oṣadhi
plant life (on the surface of the earth)
vīrudhaḥ
vegetation in general (the birth of lamentation)
annaṁ reta iti kṣmeśa
annam
food grains
retaḥ
semen
iti
in this way
kṣma-īśa
O King Yudhiṣṭhira, lord of the earth
pitṛ-yānaṁ punar-bhavaḥ
pitṛ-yānam
the way of taking birth from the father’s semen
punaḥ-bhavaḥ
again and again
ekaikaśyenānupūrvaṁ
eka-ekaśyena
one after another
anupūrvam
successively, according to the gradation
bhūtvā bhūtveha jāyate
bhūtvā
taking birth
bhūtvā
again taking birth
iha
in this material world
jāyate
one exists in the materialistic way of life.
My dear King Yudhiṣṭhira, when oblations of ghee and food grains like barley and sesame are offered in sacrifice, they turn into celestial smoke, which carries one to successively higher planetary systems like the kingdoms of Dhumā, Rātri, Kṛṣṇapakṣa, Dakṣiṇam and ultimately the moon. Then, however, the performers of sacrifice descend again to earth to become herbs, creepers, vegetables and food grains. These are eaten by different living entities and turned to semen, which is injected into female bodies. Thus one takes birth again and again.

This is explained in Bhagavad-gītā (9.21) :

te taṁ bhuktvā svarga-lokaṁ viśālaṁ kṣīṇe puṇye martya-lokaṁ viśanti evaṁ trayī-dharmam anuprapannā gatāgataṁ kāma-kāmā labhante

“When those who follow the pravṛtti-mārga have enjoyed heavenly sense pleasure, they return to this mortal planet again. Thus, through the Vedic principles, they achieve only flickering happiness.” Following the pravṛtti-mārga, the living entity who desires to be promoted to the higher planetary systems performs sacrifices regularly, and how he goes up and comes down again is described here in Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam, as well as in Bhagavad-gītā. It is also said, traiguṇya-viṣayā vedāḥ: “The Vedas deal mainly with the three modes of material nature.” The Vedas, especially three Vedas, namely Sāma, Yajur and Ṛk, vividly describe this process of ascending to the higher planets and returning. But Kṛṣṇa advises Arjuna, traiguṇya-viṣayā vedā nistraiguṇyo bhavārjuna: one has to transcend these three modes of material nature, and then one will be released from the cycle of birth and death. Otherwise, although one may be promoted to a higher planetary system such as Candraloka, one must again come down ( kṣīṇe puṇye martya-lokaṁ viśanti ). After one’s enjoyment due to pious activities is finished, one must return to this planet in rainfall and first take birth as a plant or creeper, which is eaten by various animals, including human beings, and turned to semen. This semen is injected into the female body, and thus the living entity takes birth. Those who return to earth in this way take birth especially in higher families like those of brāhmaṇas.

It may be remarked in this connection that even the modern so-called scientists who are going to the moon are not able to stay there, but are returning to their laboratories. Therefore, whether one goes to the moon by modern mechanical arrangements or by performing pious activities, one must return to earth. That is clearly stated in this verse and explained in Bhagavad-gītā. Even if one goes to the higher planetary systems ( yānti deva-vratā devān ), one’s place there is not secure; one must return to martya-loka. Ābrahma-bhuvanāl lokāḥ punar āvartino ’rjuna: aside from the moon, even if one goes to Brahmaloka, one must return. Yaṁ prāpya na nivartante tad dhāma paramaṁ mama: but if one goes back home, back to Godhead, he need not return to this material world.

— A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupāda
Viśvanātha Cakravartī Ṭhākura Gauḍīya
Translation
Assuming a covering through the transformation of rice offerings, the jīva, through the deities of smoke, night, the waning fortnight, and the southern moving sun, attains the moon planet. After enjoying, his body dwindles and he becomes herbs, which are eaten by animals and finally becomes semen. In this way the jīva passes through these successive stages. The method of ascending and descending by the path of pravṛtti is described. The steps up to the moon planet are described. First the oblations of cooked rice undergo transformation (sūkṣma-vipākaḥ) and become the beginning of the next body. Surrounded by this, one proceeds further. This is described as the water body in the śrutis. First one receives this body. paṣcamyām āhutā vāpaḥ puruṣa varcaso bhavanti: do you know how the waters of the fifth oblation become signified as a puruṣa? (Chāndogya Upaniṣad 5.3.3) Another version has dravyam ūṣma-vpkākaś ca. In this case dravya means the senses described by the word tejas. Uṣma-vipāka means the light in the heart. First one obtains senses for performing pious acts. Then at the time of death, one obtains an opening in the heart. Then one attains smoke and other stages. Śruti says ya imās tejo mātrāḥ samābhyādadāno hṛdayam evānucaṅkrāmati: he withdraws the senses and remains fixed in the heart. (Bṛhad-ārāṇyaka Upaniṣad 4.4.1) tasya haitasya hṛdayasyāgraṁ pradyotate tenaivātmā niṣkrāmatī: the passage from the heart becomes clear, and by that the ātmā leaves the body. (Bṛhad-ārāṇyaka Upaniṣad 4.4.2) The words like smoke refer to the presiding deities of those items. He attains the deity of smoke and then the deity of night. He then attains the deity of the waning moon and then the moon planet. By these deities he attains the moon planet and then enjoys. After enjoying he then descends. The body disintegrates with the dark moon (darśaḥ). Then, by rain he becomes herbs and bushes. O King! Being eaten by animals, he becomes semen. I have described the path of descent. Becoming herbs and other bodies (ekaikaśyena), one in this way goes through various stages in succession.
📝 My note

Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam 7.15.52

↗
నిషేకాదిశ్మశానాన్తై: సంస్కారై: సంస్కృతో ద్విజ: । ఇన్ద్రియేషు క్రియాయజ్ఞాన్ జ్ఞానదీపేషు జుహ్వతి ॥ ౫౨ ॥
niṣekādi-śmaśānāntaiḥ
[nishekaadi-shmashaanaantaih]
saṁskāraiḥ saṁskṛto dvijaḥ
[samskaaraih samskrito dvijah]
indriyeṣu kriyā-yajṣān
[indriyeshu kriyaa-yajshaan]
jṣāna-dīpeṣu juhvati
[jshaana-deepeshu juhvati]
niṣeka-ādi — the beginning of life (the purificatory process of garbhādhāna, performed when the father begets a child by discharging semen into the womb of the mother) śmaśāna-antaiḥ — and at death, when the body is put into a crematorium and burnt to ashes saṁskāraiḥ — by such purificatory processes saṁskṛtaḥ — purified dvijaḥ — a twice-born brāhmaṇa indriyeṣu — into the senses kriyā-yajṣān — activities and sacrifices (which elevate one to a higher planetary system) jṣāna-dīpeṣu — by enlightenment in real knowledge juhvati — offers.
Blended reading (Sanskrit + English inline)
niṣekādi-śmaśānāntaiḥ
niṣeka-ādi
the beginning of life (the purificatory process of garbhādhāna, performed when the father begets a child by discharging semen into the womb of the mother)
śmaśāna-antaiḥ
and at death, when the body is put into a crematorium and burnt to ashes
saṁskāraiḥ saṁskṛto dvijaḥ
saṁskāraiḥ
by such purificatory processes
saṁskṛtaḥ
purified
dvijaḥ
a twice-born brāhmaṇa
indriyeṣu kriyā-yajṣān
indriyeṣu
into the senses
kriyā-yajṣān
activities and sacrifices (which elevate one to a higher planetary system)
jṣāna-dīpeṣu
by enlightenment in real knowledge
jṣāna-dīpeṣu juhvati
juhvati
offers.
A twice-born brāhmaṇa [dvija] gains his life by the grace of his parents through the process of purification known as garbhādhāna. There are also other processes of purification, until the end of life, when the funeral ceremony [antyeṣṭi-kriyā] is performed. Thus in due course a qualified brāhmaṇa becomes uninterested in materialistic activities and sacrifices, but he offers the sensual sacrifices, in full knowledge, into the working senses, which are illuminated by the fire of knowledge.

Those interested in materialistic activities remain in the cycle of birth and death. Pravṛtti-mārga, or the inclination to stay in the material world to enjoy varieties of sense gratification, has been explained in the previous verse. Now, in this verse, it is explained that one who has perfect brahminical knowledge rejects the process of elevation to higher planets and accepts nivṛtti-mārga; in other words, he prepares himself to go back home, back to Godhead. Those who are not brāhmaṇas but atheists do not know what is pravṛtti-mārga or nivṛtti-mārga; they simply want to obtain pleasure at any cost. Our Kṛṣṇa consciousness movement is therefore training devotees to give up the pravṛtti-mārga and accept the nivṛtti-mārga in order to return home, back to Godhead. This is a little difficult to understand, but it is very easy if one takes to Kṛṣṇa consciousness seriously and tries to understand Kṛṣṇa. A Kṛṣṇa conscious person can understand that performing yajṣa according to the karma-kāṇḍa system is a useless waste of time and that merely giving up the karma-kāṇḍa and accepting the process of speculation is also unfruitful. Therefore Narottama dāsa Ṭhākura has sung in his Prema-bhakti-candrikā:

karma-kāṇḍa, jṣāna-kāṇḍa, kevala viṣera bhāṇḍa ‘amṛta’ baliyā yebā khāya nānā yoni sadā phire, kadarya bhakṣaṇa kare, tāra janma adhaḥ-pāte yāya

A life of karma-kāṇḍa or jṣāna-kāṇḍa is like a poison pot, and one who takes to such a life is doomed. In the karma-kāṇḍa system, one is destined to accept birth and death again and again. Similarly, with jṣāna-kāṇḍa one falls down again to this material world. Only worship of the Supreme Person offers one the safety of going back home, back to Godhead.

— A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupāda
Viśvanātha Cakravartī Ṭhākura Gauḍīya
Translation
The brāhmaṇa, purified by saṁskāras starting with impregnation and ending with death rites, offers his actions into the senses illuminated by knowledge. The main activity of the performer of karma is described. Having described the path of enjoyment, now the path of detachment is described, through the path of the sun to Brahmaloka. He offers the sacrifices such as iṣṭāpūrta into the senses lit by knowledge. Because the sacrifices are composed of activities of the senses, they become none other than the senses. That is the meaning sacrificing the actions into the senses. The following verses have the same meaning.
📝 My note

Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam 7.15.53

↗
ఇన్ద్రియాణి మనస్యూర్మౌ వాచి వైకారికం మన: । వాచం వర్ణసమామ్నాయే తమోఙ్కారే స్వరే న్యసేత్ । ఓఙ్కారం బిన్దౌ నాదే తం తం తు ప్రాణే మహత్యముమ్ ॥ ౫౩ ॥
indriyāṇi manasy ūrmau
[indriyaani manasy oormau]
vāci vaikārikaṁ manaḥ
[vaachi vaikaarikam manah]
vācaṁ varṇa-samāmnāye
[vaacham varna-samaamnaaye]
tam oṁkāre svare nyaset
[tam omkaare svare nyaset]
oṁkāraṁ bindau nāde taṁ
[omkaaram bindau naade tam]
taṁ tu prāṇe mahaty amum
[tam tu praane mahaty amum]
indriyāṇi — the senses (acting and knowledge-gathering) manasi — in the mind ūrmau — in the waves of acceptance and rejection vāci — in the words vaikārikam — infected by changes manaḥ — the mind vācam — the words varṇa-samāmnāye — in the aggregate of all alphabets tam — that (aggregate of all alphabets) oṁkāre — in the concise form of oṁkāra svare — in the vibration nyaset — one should give up oṁkāram — the concise sound vibration bindau — in the point of oṁkāra nāde — in the sound vibration tam — that tam — that (sound vibration) tu — indeed prāṇe — in the life air mahati — unto the Supreme amum — the living entity.
Blended reading (Sanskrit + English inline)
indriyāṇi manasy ūrmau
indriyāṇi
the senses (acting and knowledge-gathering)
manasi
in the mind
ūrmau
in the waves of acceptance and rejection
vāci vaikārikaṁ manaḥ
vāci
in the words
vaikārikam
infected by changes
manaḥ
the mind
vācaṁ varṇa-samāmnāye
vācam
the words
varṇa-samāmnāye
in the aggregate of all alphabets
tam oṁkāre svare nyaset
tam
that (aggregate of all alphabets)
oṁkāre
in the concise form of oṁkāra
svare
in the vibration
nyaset
one should give up
oṁkāraṁ bindau nāde taṁ
oṁkāram
the concise sound vibration
bindau
in the point of oṁkāra
nāde
in the sound vibration
tam
that
taṁ tu prāṇe mahaty amum
tam
that (sound vibration)
tu
indeed
prāṇe
in the life air
mahati
unto the Supreme
amum
the living entity.
The mind is always agitated by waves of acceptance and rejection. Therefore all the activities of the senses should be offered into the mind, which should be offered into one’s words. Then one’s words should be offered into the aggregate of all alphabets, which should be offered into the concise form oṁkāra. Oṁkāra should be offered into the point bindu, bindu into the vibration of sound, and that vibration into the life air. Then the living entity, who is all that remains, should be placed in Brahman, the Supreme. This is the process of sacrifice.

The mind is always agitated by acceptance and rejection, which are compared to mental waves that are constantly tossing. The living entity is floating in the waves of material existence because of his forgetfulness. Śrīla Bhaktivinoda Ṭhākura has therefore sung in his Gītāvalī: miche māyāra vaśe, yāccha bhese’, khāccha hābuḍubu, bhāi. “My dear mind, under the influence of māyā you are being carried away by the waves of rejection and acceptance. Simply take shelter of Kṛṣṇa.” Jīva kṛṣṇa-dāsa, ei viśvāsa, karle ta’ āra duḥkha nāi: if we simply regard the lotus feet of Kṛṣṇa as our ultimate shelter, we shall be saved from all these waves of māyā, which are variously exhibited as mental and sensual activities and the agitation of rejection and acceptance. Kṛṣṇa instructs in Bhagavad-gītā (18.66) :

sarva-dharmān parityajya mām ekaṁ śaraṇaṁ vraja ahaṁ tvāṁ sarva-pāpebhyo mokṣayiṣyāmi mā śucaḥ

“Abandon all varieties of religion and just surrender unto Me. I shall deliver you from all sinful reaction. Do not fear.” Therefore if we simply place ourselves at the lotus feet of Kṛṣṇa by taking to Kṛṣṇa consciousness and keeping always in touch with Him by chanting the Hare Kṛṣṇa mantra, we need not take much trouble in arranging to return to the spiritual world. By the mercy of Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu, this is very easy.

harer nāma harer nāma harer nāmaiva kevalam kalau nāsty eva nāsty eva nāsty eva gatir anyathā

— A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupāda
Viśvanātha Cakravartī Ṭhākura Gauḍīya
Translation
He offers the senses into the flickering mind and offers the mind into speech. He offers speech into the syllables, and the syllables into oṁ. He offers oṁ into bindu and bindu into nāda. He offers nāda into sūtrātmā. He offers sūtrātmā into the Brahman. He offers the senses into the mind which has waves of lamentation and illusion. He offers the mind, which undergoes change such as identifying as the doer (vaikārikam), into speech, characterized by grammatical rules. He offers speech into all the syllables, since the syllables are a particular aspect of speech. The syllables are offered into oṁ, which is composed of three sounds (svare). He offers oṁ into the bindu (anusvara), and offers bindu into nāda. [Note: Nāda is the semicircle, which is combined with a dot, anusvara, to form the glyph used to write the syllable oṁ. ] Nāda is offered into sūtrātmā [Note: Sūtrātma is mahat-tattva with a tinge of rajas.] and sūtrātmā is offered into Brahman (mahati).
📝 My note

Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam 7.15.54

↗
అగ్ని: సూర్యో దివా ప్రాహ్ణ: శుక్లో రాకోత్తరం స్వరాట్ । విశ్వోఽథ తైజస: ప్రాజ్ఞస్తుర్య ఆత్మా సమన్వయాత్ ॥ ౫౪ ॥
agniḥ sūryo divā prāhṇaḥ
[agnih sooryo divaa praahnah]
śuklo rākottaraṁ sva-rāṭ
[shuklo raakottaram sva-raat]
viśvo ’tha taijasaḥ prājṣas
[vishvo ’tha taijasah praajshas]
turya ātmā samanvayāt
[turya aatmaa samanvayaat]
agniḥ — fire sūryaḥ — sun divā — day prāhṇaḥ — the end of the day śuklaḥ — the bright fortnight of the moon rāka — the full moon at the end of the śukla-pakṣa uttaram — the period when the sun passes to the north sva-rāṭ — the Supreme Brahman or Lord Brahmā viśvaḥ — gross designation atha — Brahmaloka, the ultimate in material enjoyment taijasaḥ — subtle designation prājṣaḥ — the witness in the causal designation turyaḥ — transcendental ātmā — the soul samanvayāt — as a natural consequence.
Blended reading (Sanskrit + English inline)
agniḥ sūryo divā prāhṇaḥ
agniḥ
fire
sūryaḥ
sun
divā
day
prāhṇaḥ
the end of the day
śuklo rākottaraṁ sva-rāṭ
śuklaḥ
the bright fortnight of the moon
rāka
the full moon at the end of the śukla-pakṣa
uttaram
the period when the sun passes to the north
sva-rāṭ
the Supreme Brahman or Lord Brahmā
viśvo ’tha taijasaḥ prājṣas
viśvaḥ
gross designation
atha
Brahmaloka, the ultimate in material enjoyment
taijasaḥ
subtle designation
prājṣaḥ
the witness in the causal designation
turya ātmā samanvayāt
turyaḥ
transcendental
ātmā
the soul
samanvayāt
as a natural consequence.
On his path of ascent, the progressive living entity enters the different worlds of fire, the sun, the day, the end of the day, the bright fortnight, the full moon, and the passing of the sun in the north, along with their presiding demigods. When he enters Brahmaloka, he enjoys life for many millions of years, and finally his material designation comes to an end. He then comes to a subtle designation, from which he attains the causal designation, witnessing all previous states. Upon the annihilation of this causal state, he attains his pure state, in which he identifies with the Supersoul. In this way the living entity becomes transcendental.
Viśvanātha Cakravartī Ṭhākura Gauḍīya
Translation
On his path of ascent, he attains the deities of fire, the sun, the day, the end of the day, the bright fortnight, the full moon, the passing of the sun in the north, and then Brahmā. He then merges the gross coverings into the subtle coverings, and the subtle covering into kāraṇa [Note: Kāraṇa often refers to the subtle body.]. He merges the kāraṇa into the ātmā, the witness of all these. He attains the deities of fire, the day, the end of day, the waxing fortnight, and the full moon, the sun’s northern course and then Brahmā (svarāṭ). After he enjoys on Brahmaloka, his method of liberation is described. He merges the gross covering (viśvaḥ) into the subtle covering (taijasaḥ). He merges his subtle covering into the very subtle covering called kāraṇa (prājṣāh). [Note: Viśva, taijasa and prajṣā also refer to waking, dreaming and deep sleep states.] He merges the kāraṇa into the ātmā (turyaḥ), the witness (samanvayāt). With the destruction of all the transitory objects witnessed, only the pure ātmā remains. Thus he is liberated.
📝 My note

Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam 7.15.55

↗
దేవయానమిదం ప్రాహుర్భూత్వా భూత్వానుపూర్వశ: । ఆత్మయాజ్యుపశాన్తాత్మా హ్యాత్మస్థో న నివర్తతే ॥ ౫౫ ॥
deva-yānam idaṁ prāhur
[deva-yaanam idam praahur]
bhūtvā bhūtvānupūrvaśaḥ
[bhootvaa bhootvaanupoorvashah]
ātma-yājy upaśāntātmā
[aatma-yaajy upashaantaatmaa]
hy ātma-stho na nivartate
[hy aatma-stho na nivartate]
deva-yānam — the process of elevation known as deva-yāna idam — on this (path) prāhuḥ — it is said bhūtvā bhūtvā — having repeated birth anupūrvaśaḥ — consecutively ātma-yājī — one who is eager for self-realization upaśānta-ātmā — completely free from all material desires hi — indeed ātma-sthaḥ — situated in his own self na — not nivartate — does return.
Blended reading (Sanskrit + English inline)
deva-yānam idaṁ prāhur
deva-yānam
the process of elevation known as deva-yāna
idam
on this (path)
prāhuḥ
it is said
bhūtvā bhūtvānupūrvaśaḥ
bhūtvā bhūtvā
having repeated birth
anupūrvaśaḥ
consecutively
ātma-yājy upaśāntātmā
ātma-yājī
one who is eager for self-realization
upaśānta-ātmā
completely free from all material desires
hi
indeed
ātma-sthaḥ
situated in his own self
hy ātma-stho na nivartate
na
not
nivartate
does return.
This gradual process of elevation for self-realization is meant for those who are truly aware of the Absolute Truth. After repeated birth on this path, which is known as deva-yāna, one attains these consecutive stages. One who is completely free from all material desires, being situated in the self, need not traverse the path of repeated birth and death.
Viśvanātha Cakravartī Ṭhākura Gauḍīya
Translation
This is called deva-yāna. Passing through these stages successively, the person absorbed in ātmā, free of desires and fixed in ātmā, does not return to the material world. Situated on the path of the sun, he goes through these stages successively.
📝 My note

Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam 7.15.56

↗
య ఏతే పితృదేవానామయనే వేదనిర్మితే । శాస్త్రేణ చక్షుషా వేద జనస్థోఽపి న ముహ్యతి ॥ ౫౬ ॥
ya ete pitṛ-devānām
[ya ete pitri-devaanaam]
ayane veda-nirmite
[ayane veda-nirmite]
śāstreṇa cakṣuṣā veda
[shaastrena chakshushaa veda]
jana-stho ’pi na muhyati
[jana-stho ’pi na muhyati]
yaḥ — one who ete — on this path (as recommended above) pitṛ-devānām — known as pitṛ-yāna and deva-yāna ayane — on this path veda-nirmite — recommended in the Vedas śāstreṇa — by regular study of the scriptures cakṣuṣā — by enlightened eyes veda — is fully aware jana-sthaḥ — a person situated in a material body api — even though na — never muhyati — is bewildered.
Blended reading (Sanskrit + English inline)
ya ete pitṛ-devānām
yaḥ
one who
ete
on this path (as recommended above)
pitṛ-devānām
known as pitṛ-yāna and deva-yāna
ayane veda-nirmite
ayane
on this path
veda-nirmite
recommended in the Vedas
śāstreṇa cakṣuṣā veda
śāstreṇa
by regular study of the scriptures
cakṣuṣā
by enlightened eyes
veda
is fully aware
jana-stho ’pi na muhyati
jana-sthaḥ
a person situated in a material body
api
even though
na
never
muhyati
is bewildered.
Even though situated in a material body, one who is fully aware of the paths known as pitṛ-yāna and deva-yāna, and who thus opens his eyes in terms of Vedic knowledge, is never bewildered in this material world.

Ācāryavān puruṣo veda: one who is guided by the bona fide spiritual master knows everything as stated in the Vedas, which set forth the standard of infallible knowledge. As recommended in Bhagavad-gītā, ācāryopāsanam: one must approach the ācārya for real knowledge. Tad-vijṣānārthaṁ sa gurum evābhigacchet: one must approach the ācārya, for then one will receive perfect knowledge. When guided by the spiritual master, one attains the ultimate goal of life.

— A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupāda
Viśvanātha Cakravartī Ṭhākura Gauḍīya
Translation
A person situated in the body, who knows through the eyes of scripture these paths of the pitṛyāna and deva-yāna mentioned in the Vedas, is not bewildered. Veda-nirmite means mentioned in the Vedas with words like te janā dhūmam abhisaṁbhavanti (they go to smoke) and te ’rcir abhisambhavanti (they go to the sun). (Bṛhad-ārāṇyaka Upaniṣad 6.2.15) Janasthaḥ means “though situated in a body.”
📝 My note

Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam 7.15.57

↗
ఆదావన్తే జనానాం సద్ బహిరన్త: పరావరమ్ । జ్ఞానం జ్ఞేయం వచో వాచ్యం తమో జ్యోతిస్త్వయం స్వయమ్ ॥ ౫౭ ॥
ādāv ante janānāṁ sad
[aadaav ante janaanaam sad]
bahir antaḥ parāvaram
[bahir antah paraavaram]
jṣānaṁ jṣeyaṁ vaco vācyaṁ
[jshaanam jsheyam vacho vaachyam]
tamo jyotis tv ayaṁ svayam
[tamo jyotis tv ayam svayam]
ādau — in the beginning ante — at the end janānām — of all living entities sat — always existing bahiḥ — externally antaḥ — internally para — transcendental avaram — material jṣānam — knowledge jṣeyam — the objective vacaḥ — expression vācyam — the ultimate object tamaḥ — darkness jyotiḥ — light tu — indeed ayam — this one (the Supreme Lord) svayam — Himself.
Blended reading (Sanskrit + English inline)
ādāv ante janānāṁ sad
ādau
in the beginning
ante
at the end
janānām
of all living entities
sat
always existing
bahir antaḥ parāvaram
bahiḥ
externally
antaḥ
internally
para
transcendental
avaram
material
jṣānaṁ jṣeyaṁ vaco vācyaṁ
jṣānam
knowledge
jṣeyam
the objective
vacaḥ
expression
vācyam
the ultimate object
tamo jyotis tv ayaṁ svayam
tamaḥ
darkness
jyotiḥ
light
tu
indeed
ayam
this one (the Supreme Lord)
svayam
Himself.
He who exists internally and externally, at the beginning and end of everything and of all living beings, as that which is enjoyable and as the enjoyer of everything, superior and inferior, is the Supreme Truth. He always exists as knowledge and the object of knowledge, as expression and the object of understanding, as darkness and as light. Thus He, the Supreme Lord, is everything.

Here the Vedic aphorism sarvaṁ khalv idaṁ brahma is explained. It is also explained in the catuḥ-ślokī Bhāgavatam. Aham evāsam evāgre. The Supreme Lord existed in the beginning, He exists after the creation and maintains everything, and after destruction everything merges in Him, as stated in Bhagavad-gītā ( prakṛtiṁ yānti māmikām ). Thus the Supreme Lord is actually everything. In the conditioned state, we are bewildered in our understanding, but in the perfect stage of liberation we can understand that Kṛṣṇa is the cause of everything.

īśvaraḥ paramaḥ kṛṣṇaḥ sac-cid-ānanda-vigrahaḥ anādir ādir govindaḥ sarva-kāraṇa-kāraṇam

“Kṛṣṇa, who is known as Govinda, is the supreme controller. He has an eternal, blissful, spiritual body. He is the origin of all. He has no other origin, for He is the prime cause of all causes.” ( Brahma-saṁhitā 5.1 ) This is the perfection of knowledge.

— A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupāda
Viśvanātha Cakravartī Ṭhākura Gauḍīya
Translation
Brahman is what exists in the beginning and in the end. It is external objects and the jīva. It is superior and inferior objects. It is the senses, the sense objects and objects expressed by words. Brahman is the jīva in ignorance and in knowledge. Everything is Brahman in that state. By thinking in this way, one avoids illusion. That which exists in the beginning as the cause and at the end as the destroyer is Brahman (svayam). Brahman is the external objects of enjoyment made of māyā and the internal enjoyer, the jīvas. Brahman is superior and inferior things. It is the senses (jṣānam), and the sense objects (jṣeyam), and objects expressed by words. Brahman is the ignorance of jīvas in tamas and knowledge (jyotiḥ). Thus nothing exists besides Brahman. Thus there is nothing that can cause bewilderment.
📝 My note

Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam 7.15.58

↗
ఆబాధితోఽపి హ్యాభాసో యథా వస్తుతయా స్మృత: । దుర్ఘటత్వాదైన్ద్రియకం తద్వదర్థవికల్పితమ్ ॥ ౫౮ ॥
ābādhito ’pi hy ābhāso
[aabaadhito ’pi hy aabhaaso]
yathā vastutayā smṛtaḥ
[yathaa vastutayaa smritah]
durghaṭatvād aindriyakaṁ
[durghatatvaad aindriyakam]
tadvad artha-vikalpitam
[tadvad artha-vikalpitam]
ābādhitaḥ — rejected api — although hi — certainly ābhāsaḥ — a reflection yathā — as vastutayā — a form of reality smṛtaḥ — accepted durghaṭatvāt — because of being very difficult to prove the reality aindriyakam — knowledge derived from the senses tadvat — similarly artha — reality vikalpitam — speculated or doubtful.
Blended reading (Sanskrit + English inline)
ābādhito ’pi hy ābhāso
ābādhitaḥ
rejected
api
although
hi
certainly
ābhāsaḥ
a reflection
yathā vastutayā smṛtaḥ
yathā
as
vastutayā
a form of reality
smṛtaḥ
accepted
durghaṭatvād aindriyakaṁ
durghaṭatvāt
because of being very difficult to prove the reality
aindriyakam
knowledge derived from the senses
tadvad artha-vikalpitam
tadvat
similarly
artha
reality
vikalpitam
speculated or doubtful.
Although one may consider the reflection of the sun from a mirror to be false, it has its factual existence. Accordingly, to prove by speculative knowledge that there is no reality would be extremely difficult.

The impersonalists try to prove that the varieties in the vision of the empiric philosopher are false. The impersonalist philosophy, vivarta-vāda, generally cites the acceptance of a rope to be a snake as an example of this fact. According to this example, the varieties within our vision are false, just as a rope seen to be a snake is false. The Vaiṣṇavas say, however, that although the idea that the rope is a snake is false, the snake is not false; one has experience of a snake in reality, and therefore he knows that although the representation of the rope as a snake is false or illusory, there is a snake in reality. Similarly, this world, which is full of varieties, is not false; it is a reflection of the reality in the Vaikuṇṭha world, the spiritual world.

The reflection of the sun from a mirror is nothing but light within darkness. Thus although it is not exactly sunlight, without the sunlight the reflection would be impossible. Similarly, the varieties of this world would be impossible unless there were a real prototype in the spiritual world. The Māyāvādī philosopher cannot understand this, but a real philosopher must be convinced that light is not possible at all without a background of sunlight. Thus the jugglery of words used by the Māyāvādī philosopher to prove that this material world is false may amaze inexperienced children, but a man with full knowledge knows perfectly well that there cannot be any existence without Kṛṣṇa. Therefore a Vaiṣṇava insists on the platform of somehow or other accepting Kṛṣṇa ( tasmāt kenāpy upāyena manaḥ kṛṣṇe niveśayet ).

When we raise our unmixed faith to the lotus feet of Kṛṣṇa, everything is revealed. Kṛṣṇa also says in Bhagavad-gītā (7.1) :

mayy āsakta-manāḥ pārtha yogaṁ yuṣjan mad-āśrayaḥ asaṁśayaṁ samagraṁ māṁ yathā jṣāsyasi tac chṛṇu

“Now hear, O son of Pṛthā [Arjuna], how by practicing yoga in full consciousness of Me, with mind attached to Me, you can know Me in full, free from doubt.” Simply by raising one’s staunch faith in Kṛṣṇa and His instructions, one can understand reality without a doubt ( asaṁśayaṁ samagraṁ mām ). One can understand how Kṛṣṇa’s material and spiritual energies are working and how He is present everywhere although everything is not Him. This philosophy of acintya-bhedābheda, inconceivable oneness and difference, is the perfect philosophy enunciated by the Vaiṣṇavas. Everything is an emanation from Kṛṣṇa, but it is not that everything must therefore be worshiped. Speculative knowledge cannot give us reality as it is, but will continue to be nefariously imperfect. So-called scientists try to prove that there is no God and that everything is happening because of the laws of nature, but this is imperfect knowledge because nothing can work unless directed by the Supreme Personality of Godhead. This is explained in Bhagavad-gītā (9.10) by the Lord Himself:

mayādhyakṣeṇa prakṛtiḥ sūyate sacarācaram hetunānena kaunteya jagad viparivartate

“This material nature is working under My direction, O son of Kuntī, and it is producing all moving and unmoving beings. By its rule this manifestation is created and annihilated again and again.” In this regard, Śrīla Madhvācārya gives this note: durghaṭatvād arthatvena parameśvareṇaiva kalpitam. The background of everything is the Supreme Personality of Godhead, Vāsudeva. Vāsudevaḥ sarvam iti sa mahātmā sudurlabhaḥ . This can be understood by a mahātmā who is perfect in knowledge. Such a mahātmā is rarely seen.

— A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupāda
Viśvanātha Cakravartī Ṭhākura Gauḍīya
Translation
Just as illusions, though false, are accepted as real, so objects perceived by the senses are accepted as real, because of difficulty in proving them otherwise. “How can the sannyāsī say that everything is Brahman, when everyone perceives difference between enjoyed objects and enjoyers?” The non-dual knowledge of Brahman is the method for persons who worship Brahman. It does not accept perception of reality of the universe with variety and with various śaktis. In order to convince persons qualified for jṣāna of the falsity of the universe, the theory of a Brahman producing an unreal world is praised in eight verses. The devotees say that somehow or other one should absorb the mind in Kṛṣṇa. Similarly the jṣānīs say the purpose of their method is to see only Brahman. Since the world is perceived to be real by the mind, it is difficult for the mind standing alone to refuse to accept the world on the basis of statements of denial. In spite of the theory of a false world produced by Brahman, one should learn the truth from scriptures. It has already been stated that the jṣānī falls down by considering that the names, forms and abode of the Lord are unreal, just as he claims the world is unreal. This will also be stated in appropriate places after this. Bharata, in order to awaken King Rahūgaṇa, also said the world is unreal: ayaṁ jano nāma calan pṛthivyāṁ yaḥ pārthivaḥ pārthiva kasya hetoḥ tasyāpi cāṅghryor adhi gulpha-jaṅghā- jānūru-madhyora-śirodharāṁsāḥ aṁse 'dhi dārvī śibikā ca yasyāṁ sauvīra-rājety apadeśa āste yasmin bhavān rūḍha-nijābhimāno rājāsmi sindhuṣv iti durmadāndhaḥ O King! This carrier, who is a transformation of earth, walks on the earth for some reason. Above his feet are ankles, calves, knees, thigh, waist, chest, neck, and shoulders. Above the shoulders is the wooden palanquin and in the palanquin is the person called the King of Sauvīra, who, blinded by illusion of false identity, thinks “I am the King of Sindhu. SB 5.12.5-6 But then in answer to the doubt “what is real?” he concluded everything with the word bhagavān: jṣānaṁ viśuddhaṁ paramārtham ekam anantaraṁ tv abahir brahma satyam pratyak praśāntaṁ bhagavac-chabda-saṁjṣaṁ yad vāsudevaṁ kavayo vadanti The wise say that the truth is beyond the guṇas, containing everything including liberation, is one without a second, is all-pervading, is Brahman, Paramātmā and Bhagavān, and is Vāsudeva. SB 5.12.11 Let us return to the text. Just as an illusion like two moons is accepted by a child to be real, things perceived by the senses are accepted as real, though they are not, because of difficulty in thinking otherwise.
📝 My note

Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam 7.15.59

↗
క్షిత్యాదీనామిహార్థానాం ఛాయా న కతమాపి హి । న సఙ్ఘాతో వికారోఽపి న పృథఙ్‌‌నాన్వితో మృషా ॥ ౫౯ ॥
kṣity-ādīnām ihārthānāṁ
[kshity-aadeenaam ihaarthaanaam]
chāyā na katamāpi hi
[chaayaa na katamaapi hi]
na saṅghāto vikāro ’pi
[na sanghaato vikaaro ’pi]
na pṛthaṅ nānvito mṛṣā
[na prithan naanvito mrishaa]
kṣiti-ādīnām — of the five elements, beginning with the earth iha — in this world arthānām — of those five elements chāyā — shadow na — neither katamā — which of them api — indeed hi — certainly na — nor saṅghātaḥ — combination vikāraḥ — transformation api — although na pṛthak — nor separated na anvitaḥ — nor inherent in mṛṣā — all these theories are without substance.
Blended reading (Sanskrit + English inline)
kṣity-ādīnām ihārthānāṁ
kṣiti-ādīnām
of the five elements, beginning with the earth
iha
in this world
arthānām
of those five elements
chāyā na katamāpi hi
chāyā
shadow
na
neither
katamā
which of them
api
indeed
hi
certainly
na saṅghāto vikāro ’pi
na
nor
saṅghātaḥ
combination
vikāraḥ
transformation
na pṛthaṅ nānvito mṛṣā
api
although
na pṛthak
nor separated
na anvitaḥ
nor inherent in
mṛṣā
all these theories are without substance.
In this world there are five elements — namely earth, water, fire, air and ether — but the body is not a reflection of them, nor a combination or transformation of them. Because the body and its ingredients are neither distinct nor amalgamated, all such theories are insubstantial.

A forest is certainly a transformation of the earth, but one tree does not depend on another tree; if one is cut down, this does not mean that the others are cut down. Therefore, the forest is neither a combination nor a transformation of the trees. The best explanation is given by Kṛṣṇa Himself:

mayā tatam idaṁ sarvaṁ jagad avyakta-mūrtinā mat-sthāni sarva-bhūtāni na cāhaṁ teṣv avasthitaḥ

“By Me, in My unmanifested form, this entire universe is pervaded. All beings are in Me, but I am not in them.” ( Bg. 9.4 ) Everything is an expansion of Kṛṣṇa’s energy. As it is said, parāsya śaktir vividhaiva śrūyate: the Lord has multi-energies, which are expressed in different ways. The energies are existing, and the Supreme Personality of Godhead also exists simultaneously; because everything is His energy, He is simultaneously one with everything and different from everything. Thus our speculative theories that ātmā, the living force, is a combination of matter, that matter is a transformation of the soul, or that the body is part of the soul are all insubstantial.

Since all the Lord’s energies are simultaneously existing, one must understand the Supreme Personality of Godhead. But although He is everything, He is not present in everything. The Lord must be worshiped in His original form as Kṛṣṇa. He can also present Himself in any one of His various expanded energies. When we worship the Deity of the Lord in the temple, the Deity appears to be stone or wood. Now, because the Supreme Lord does not have a material body, He is not stone or wood, yet stone and wood are not different from Him. Thus by worshiping stone or wood we get no result, but when the stone and wood are represented in the Lord’s original form, by worshiping the Deity we get the desired result. This is supported by Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu’s philosophy, acintya-bhedābheda, which explains how the Lord can present Himself everywhere and anywhere in a form of His energy to accept service from the devotee.

— A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupāda
Viśvanātha Cakravartī Ṭhākura Gauḍīya
Translation
The body made of the five elements is neither a combination of the elements nor a whole with the elements as its parts, since it is not completely separate and not intimately connected with them. Thus the body and the world are illusory. Thus, the body and other things (chāyā) based on the five gross elements are not a combination of the elements or their transformation. A forest is a combination of trees. Taking out one tree does not mean the whole forest has been pulled out. But the body is not such a combination (since taking out the elements in one part destroys the body). It is also not a transformation of the elements. This means it is not a whole unit produced by the elements as parts. Why? One cannot perceive a real difference between a part and the whole in the body. Nor is the body closely connected with the elements (na anvitah). How does it relate to each element as its part? If the elements are parts, and closely connected to the body, it would mean that if the part were destroyed, the whole would be destroyed. If the hands, fingers, or intelligence in the body were destroyed the whole body should be destroyed. Or, if the parts are accepted as the whole (aṁśī), it would be an insubstantial argument. The word api indicates that the body is also a transformation of the elements, since it is not separate from the elements. And it does not possess the elements as its parts. Thus the body and the world are false, and the doctrine of a false world is proved.
Related verses
📝 My note

Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam 7.15.60

↗
ధాతవోఽవయవిత్వాచ్చ తన్మాత్రావయవైర్వినా । న స్యుర్హ్యసత్యవయవిన్యసన్నవయవోఽన్తత: ॥ ౬౦ ॥
dhātavo ’vayavitvāc ca
[dhaatavo ’vayavitvaach cha]
tan-mātrāvayavair vinā
[tan-maatraavayavair vinaa]
na syur hy asaty avayaviny
[na syur hy asaty avayaviny]
asann avayavo ’ntataḥ
[asann avayavo ’ntatah]
dhātavaḥ — the five elements avayavitvāt — being the cause of the bodily conception ca — and tat-mātra — the sense objects (sound, taste, touch, etc.) avayavaiḥ — the subtle parts vinā — without na — not syuḥ — can exist hi — indeed asati — unreal avayavini — in the formation of the body asan — not existing avayavaḥ — the part of the body antataḥ — at the end.
Blended reading (Sanskrit + English inline)
dhātavo ’vayavitvāc ca
dhātavaḥ
the five elements
avayavitvāt
being the cause of the bodily conception
ca
and
tan-mātrāvayavair vinā
tat-mātra
the sense objects (sound, taste, touch, etc.)
avayavaiḥ
the subtle parts
vinā
without
na syur hy asaty avayaviny
na
not
syuḥ
can exist
hi
indeed
asati
unreal
avayavini
in the formation of the body
asann avayavo ’ntataḥ
asan
not existing
avayavaḥ
the part of the body
antataḥ
at the end.
Because the body is formed of the five elements, it cannot exist without the subtle sense objects. Therefore, since the body is false, the sense objects are also naturally false or temporary.
Viśvanātha Cakravartī Ṭhākura Gauḍīya
Translation
Because the elements are only parts, they cannot exist without their sense objects, which are also parts. Since the whole universe and body is unreal, the elements and sense objects are also unreal. It has just been explained that the body is false. Now the causes of the body such as earth element are explained to be false. The word dhātu means “that which supports.” The five gross elements (dhatavaḥ) cannot exist without their tan-mātras, the sense objects, their subtle portions. “But the parts should be real since the whole is real.” But the whole is unreal (proven in the last verse), and thus the parts are also unreal. One cannot prove the reality of the parts unless the whole is real. It has been said: evaṁ niruktaṁ kṣiti-śabda-vṛttam asan nidhānāt paramāṇavo ye avidyayā manasā kalpitās te yeṣāṁ samūhena kṛto viśeṣaḥ What is known by the word “earth” exists in name only because earth is resolved into atomic particles, which are imagined by the mind out of ignorance. Out of their totality, a particular object is made. SB 5.12.9
📝 My note

Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam 7.15.61

↗
స్యాత్సాద‍ృశ్యభ్రమస్తావద్వికల్పే సతి వస్తున: । జాగ్రత్స్వాపౌ యథా స్వప్నే తథా విధినిషేధతా ॥ ౬౧ ॥
syāt sādṛśya-bhramas tāvad
[syaat saadrishya-bhramas taavad]
vikalpe sati vastunaḥ
[vikalpe sati vastunah]
jāgrat-svāpau yathā svapne
[jaagrat-svaapau yathaa svapne]
tathā vidhi-niṣedhatā
[tathaa vidhi-nishedhataa]
syāt — it so becomes sādṛśya — similarity bhramaḥ — mistake tāvat — as long as vikalpe — in separation sati — the part vastunaḥ — from the substance jāgrat — waking svāpau — sleeping yathā — as svapne — in a dream tathā — similarly vidhi-niṣedhatā — the regulative principles, consisting of injunctions and prohibitions.
Blended reading (Sanskrit + English inline)
syāt sādṛśya-bhramas tāvad
syāt
it so becomes
sādṛśya
similarity
bhramaḥ
mistake
tāvat
as long as
vikalpe sati vastunaḥ
vikalpe
in separation
sati
the part
vastunaḥ
from the substance
jāgrat-svāpau yathā svapne
jāgrat
waking
svāpau
sleeping
yathā
as
svapne
in a dream
tathā vidhi-niṣedhatā
tathā
similarly
vidhi-niṣedhatā
the regulative principles, consisting of injunctions and prohibitions.
When a substance and its parts are separated, the acceptance of similarity between one and the other is called illusion. While dreaming, one creates a separation between the existences called wakefulness and sleep. It is in such a state of mind that the regulative principles of the scriptures, consisting of injunctions and prohibitions, are recommended.

In material existence there are many regulative principles and formalities. If material existence is temporary or false, this does not mean that the spiritual world, although similar, is also false. That one’s material body is false or temporary does not mean that the body of the Supreme Lord is also false or temporary. The spiritual world is real, and the material world is similar to it. For example, in the desert we sometimes find a mirage, but although the water in a mirage is false, this does not mean that there is no water in reality; water exists, but not in the desert. Similarly, nothing real is in this material world, but reality is in the spiritual world. The Lord’s form and His abode — Goloka Vṛndāvana in the Vaikuṇṭha planets — are eternal realities.

From Bhagavad-gītā we understand that there is another prakṛti, or nature, which is real. This is explained by the Lord Himself in the Eighth Chapter of Bhagavad-gītā (8.19-21):

bhūta-grāmaḥ sa evāyaṁ bhūtvā bhūtvā pralīyate rātry-āgame ’vaśaḥ pārtha prabhavaty ahar-āgame

paras tasmāt tu bhāvo ’nyo ’vyakto ’vyaktāt sanātanaḥ yaḥ sa sarveṣu bhūteṣu naśyatsu na vinaśyati

avyakto ’kṣara ity uktas tam āhuḥ paramāṁ gatim yaṁ prāpya na nivartante tad dhāma paramaṁ mama

“Again and again the day of Brahmā comes, and all living beings are active; and again the night falls, O Pārtha, and they are helplessly dissolved. Yet there is another nature, which is eternal and is transcendental to this manifested and unmanifested matter. It is supreme and is never annihilated. When all in this world is annihilated, that part remains as it is. That supreme abode is called unmanifested and infallible, and it is the supreme destination. When one goes there, he never comes back. That is My supreme abode.” The material world is a reflection of the spiritual world. The material world is temporary or false, but the spiritual world is an eternal reality.

— A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupāda
Viśvanātha Cakravartī Ṭhākura Gauḍīya
Translation
In thinking elements are real, one makes an error by a mistaken attribution of qualities. Just as one has perception of waking and sleep states in a dream, so one has perceptions of good and bad which are stated in the Vedas. “But how does the perception that elements are real arise?” One makes an error in thinking that the false elements are real (vikalpe). This is the error of thinking Lord’s abode is eternal by equating it wrongly with Brahman, which is real. It is like the mirage of water. Light is real, but superimposing the idea of real water on it, one sees the mirage of water. Similarly though Brahman is real, by superimposing, through ignorance, elements of the Lord’ṣ abode, one produces the illusion of real elements. However, one should not actually say that the Lord’s abode is unreal, being an illusory transformation of Brahman. Gopāla-tāpanī Upaniṣad says that the abode of the Lord arises from Brahman’s svarūpa. Bhū-gola-cakre sapta-puryo bhavanti tāsāṁ madhye sākṣād-brahma-gopāla-puri: on earth there are seven cities, but among them the abode of Gopāla is directly Brahman. The genitive case (tāsām) is used to show the special nature of Kṛṣṇa’s abode among the cities. The words sākṣād-brahma indicate that this place is not like other objects, which are false superimpositions on Brahman. Thus the Lord’s abode should not be taken to be illusory. The advaita-vadīs do not respect the eternal abode of the Lord and its elements, which arise from the hlādinī and other spiritual śaktis, completely different from māyā-śakti. They criticize it as an error of equating the unreal with the real, through their philosophy of transformation of Brahman, following a blind tradition. “If the world is false, how can the Vedas, knowing everything, speak of rules and forbiddance in this world? An intelligent person cannot point out good or bad qualities in an illusion of water.” Just as in a dream there is perception of waking and sleep states, so in the false world, there are both states, though they are unreal. The Vedic statements are made for those who are ignorant. Thus it is said: traiguṇya-viṣayā vedā nistraiguṇyo bhavārjuna: the Vedas are concerned with the three guṇas; be transcendental to the guṇas, O Arjuna! (BG 2.45)
📝 My note

Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam 7.15.62

↗
భావాద్వైతం క్రియాద్వైతం ద్రవ్యాద్వైతం తథాత్మన: । వర్తయన్స్వానుభూత్యేహ త్రీన్స్వప్నాన్ధునుతే ముని: ॥ ౬౨ ॥
bhāvādvaitaṁ kriyādvaitaṁ
[bhaavaadvaitam kriyaadvaitam]
dravyādvaitaṁ tathātmanaḥ
[dravyaadvaitam tathaatmanah]
vartayan svānubhūtyeha
[vartayan svaanubhootyeha]
trīn svapnān dhunute muniḥ
[treen svapnaan dhunute munih]
bhāva-advaitam — oneness in one’s conception of life kriyā-advaitam — oneness in activities dravya-advaitam — oneness in different paraphernalia tathā — as well as ātmanaḥ — of the soul vartayan — considering sva — one’s own anubhūtyā — according to realization iha — in this material world trīn — the three svapnān — living conditions (wakefulness, dreaming and sleep) dhunute — gives up muniḥ — the philosopher or speculator.
Blended reading (Sanskrit + English inline)
bhāvādvaitaṁ kriyādvaitaṁ
bhāva-advaitam
oneness in one’s conception of life
kriyā-advaitam
oneness in activities
dravyādvaitaṁ tathātmanaḥ
dravya-advaitam
oneness in different paraphernalia
tathā
as well as
ātmanaḥ
of the soul
vartayan svānubhūtyeha
vartayan
considering
sva
one’s own
anubhūtyā
according to realization
trīn svapnān dhunute muniḥ
iha
in this material world
trīn
the three
svapnān
living conditions (wakefulness, dreaming and sleep)
dhunute
gives up
muniḥ
the philosopher or speculator.
After considering the oneness of existence, activity and paraphernalia and after realizing the self to be different from all actions and reactions, the mental speculator [muni], according to his own realization, gives up the three states of wakefulness, dreaming and sleep.

The three words bhāvādvaita, kriyādvaita and dravyādvaita are explained in the following verses. However, one has to give up all the nonduality of philosophical life in the material world and come to the actual life of reality in the spiritual world in order to attain perfection.

— A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupāda
Viśvanātha Cakravartī Ṭhākura Gauḍīya
Translation
The sage, contemplating the non-difference of objects, actions and conceptions, destroys the three states of ignorance—concerning objects, actions and conceptions-- by his realization of ātmā. Now the philosophy of advaita is made firm by teaching about the three states of perception. This is explained in four verses. Considering non-difference in thought, action and objects with the self, by realization of ātmā, the sage destroys differences in the form of three types of sleep. One sleep is thinking of differences between objects. The second sleep is thinking of different activities for differently qualified persons. The third sleep is thinking that what I receive as a result of action belongs to me.
📝 My note

Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam 7.15.63

↗
కార్యకారణవస్త్వైక్యదర్శనం పటతన్తువత్ । అవస్తుత్వాద్వికల్పస్య భావాద్వైతం తదుచ్యతే ॥ ౬౩ ॥
kārya-kāraṇa-vastv-aikya-
[kaarya-kaarana-vastv-aikya-]
darśanaṁ paṭa-tantuvat
[darshanam pata-tantuvat]
avastutvād vikalpasya
[avastutvaad vikalpasya]
bhāvādvaitaṁ tad ucyate
[bhaavaadvaitam tad uchyate]
kārya — the result or effect kāraṇa — the cause vastu — substance aikya — oneness darśanam — observation paṭa — the cloth tantu — the thread vat — like avastutvāt — because of being ultimately unreality vikalpasya — of differentiation bhāva-advaitam — the conception of oneness tat ucyate — that is called.
Blended reading (Sanskrit + English inline)
kārya-kāraṇa-vastv-aikya-
kārya
the result or effect
kāraṇa
the cause
vastu
substance
aikya
oneness
darśanaṁ paṭa-tantuvat
darśanam
observation
paṭa
the cloth
tantu
the thread
vat
like
avastutvād vikalpasya
avastutvāt
because of being ultimately unreality
vikalpasya
of differentiation
bhāvādvaitaṁ tad ucyate
bhāva-advaitam
the conception of oneness
tat ucyate
that is called.
When one understands that result and cause are one and that duality is ultimately unreal, like the idea that the threads of a cloth are different from the cloth itself, one reaches the conception of oneness called bhāvādvaita.
Viśvanātha Cakravartī Ṭhākura Gauḍīya
Translation
Non-difference of conception means seeing the effect and the cause as one, like threads related to a cloth, since all these are unreal, arising from misconception. One considers effect and cause to be one. The thread (cause) is not the cloth (effect), but can be seen as one with it. There is oneness of the effect and cause of prakṛti.
📝 My note

Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam 7.15.64

↗
యద్ బ్రహ్మణి పరే సాక్షాత్సర్వకర్మసమర్పణమ్ । మనోవాక్తనుభి: పార్థ క్రియాద్వైతం తదుచ్యతే ॥ ౬౪ ॥
yad brahmaṇi pare sākṣāt
[yad brahmani pare saakshaat]
sarva-karma-samarpaṇam
[sarva-karma-samarpanam]
mano-vāk-tanubhiḥ pārtha
[mano-vaak-tanubhih paartha]
kriyādvaitaṁ tad ucyate
[kriyaadvaitam tad uchyate]
yat — that which brahmaṇi — in the Supreme Brahman pare — transcendental sākṣāt — directly sarva — of all karma — activities samarpaṇam — dedication manaḥ — by the mind vāk — the words tanubhiḥ — and the body pārtha — O Mahārāja Yudhiṣṭhira kriyā-advaitam — oneness in activities tat ucyate — it is called.
Blended reading (Sanskrit + English inline)
yad brahmaṇi pare sākṣāt
yat
that which
brahmaṇi
in the Supreme Brahman
pare
transcendental
sākṣāt
directly
sarva-karma-samarpaṇam
sarva
of all
karma
activities
samarpaṇam
dedication
mano-vāk-tanubhiḥ pārtha
manaḥ
by the mind
vāk
the words
tanubhiḥ
and the body
pārtha
O Mahārāja Yudhiṣṭhira
kriyādvaitaṁ tad ucyate
kriyā-advaitam
oneness in activities
tat ucyate
it is called.
My dear Yudhiṣṭhira [Pārtha], when all the activities one performs with his mind, words and body are dedicated directly to the service of the Supreme Personality of Godhead, one reaches oneness of activities, called kriyādvaita.

The Kṛṣṇa consciousness movement is teaching people how to come to the stage of dedicating everything to the service of the Supreme Personality of Godhead. Kṛṣṇa says in Bhagavad-gītā (9.27) :

yat karoṣi yad aśnāsi yaj juhoṣi dadāsi yat yat tapasyasi kaunteya tat kuruṣva mad-arpaṇam

“O son of Kuntī, all that you do, all that you eat, all that you offer and give away, as well as all austerities that you may perform, should be done as an offering unto Me.” If whatever we do, whatever we eat, whatever we think and whatever we plan is for the advancement of the Kṛṣṇa consciousness movement, this is oneness. There is no difference between chanting for Kṛṣṇa consciousness and working for Kṛṣṇa consciousness. On the transcendental platform, they are one. But we must be guided by the spiritual master about this oneness; we should not manufacture our own oneness.

— A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupāda
Viśvanātha Cakravartī Ṭhākura Gauḍīya
Translation
My dear Yudhiṣṭhira! When all the activities one performs with mind, words and body are dedicated directly to Brahman, it is called oneness of action. One should offer all actions of mind, words and body to the Brahman. Since one will perceive difference in action by seeing different results, one should offer everything only to the Lord. Then there are no different results. This is oneness of actions.
📝 My note

Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam 7.15.65

↗
ఆత్మజాయాసుతాదీనామన్యేషాం సర్వదేహినామ్ । యత్స్వార్థకామయోరైక్యం ద్రవ్యాద్వైతం తదుచ్యతే ॥ ౬౫ ॥
ātma-jāyā-sutādīnām
[aatma-jaayaa-sutaadeenaam]
anyeṣāṁ sarva-dehinām
[anyeshaam sarva-dehinaam]
yat svārtha-kāmayor aikyaṁ
[yat svaartha-kaamayor aikyam]
dravyādvaitaṁ tad ucyate
[dravyaadvaitam tad uchyate]
ātma — of one’s self jāyā — wife suta-ādīnām — and children anyeṣām — of one’s relatives, etc. sarva-dehinām — of all other living entities yat — whatever sva-artha-kāmayoḥ — of one’s ultimate goal and benefit aikyam — oneness dravya-advaitam — oneness of interest tat ucyate — it is called.
Blended reading (Sanskrit + English inline)
ātma-jāyā-sutādīnām
ātma
of one’s self
jāyā
wife
suta-ādīnām
and children
anyeṣāṁ sarva-dehinām
anyeṣām
of one’s relatives, etc.
sarva-dehinām
of all other living entities
yat svārtha-kāmayor aikyaṁ
yat
whatever
sva-artha-kāmayoḥ
of one’s ultimate goal and benefit
aikyam
oneness
dravyādvaitaṁ tad ucyate
dravya-advaitam
oneness of interest
tat ucyate
it is called.
When the ultimate goal and interest of one’s self, one’s wife, one’s children, one’s relatives and all other embodied living beings is one, this is called dravyādvaita, or oneness of interest.

The actual interest of all living entities — indeed, the goal of life — is to return home, back to Godhead. This is the interest of one’s own self, one’s wife, one’s children, one’s disciples and one’s friends, relatives, countrymen and all humanity. The Kṛṣṇa consciousness movement can give directions for management by which everyone can partake in Kṛṣṇa conscious activities and reach the ultimate goal, which is known as svārtha-gatim. This objective of everyone’s interest is Viṣṇu, but because people do not know this ( na te viduḥ svārtha-gatiṁ hi viṣṇum ), they are making various plans by which to fulfill so many concocted interests in life. The Kṛṣṇa consciousness movement is trying to bring everyone to the highest interest. The process may be differently named, but if the aim is one, people should follow it to achieve the ultimate goal in life. Unfortunately, people are thinking of different interests, and blind leaders are misleading them. Everyone is trying to reach the goal of complete happiness materially; because people do not know what complete happiness is, they are materially diverted toward different interests.

— A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupāda
Viśvanātha Cakravartī Ṭhākura Gauḍīya
Translation
When the ultimate goal and interest of one’s self, one’s wife, one’s children, one’s relatives and all other embodied living beings is one, this is called oneness of objects. One should see oneness of one’s own sādhana (artha) and its goals or enjoyment (kāmayoḥ) with those of one’s wife, sons, and others who are not related, since they are all made of the five elements and since all jīvas are one in being the enjoyer.
📝 My note

Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam 7.15.66

↗
యద్ యస్య వానిషిద్ధం స్యాద్యేన యత్ర యతో నృప । స తేనేహేత కార్యాణి నరో నాన్యైరనాపది ॥ ౬౬ ॥
yad yasya vāniṣiddhaṁ syād
[yad yasya vaanishiddham syaad]
yena yatra yato nṛpa
[yena yatra yato nripa]
sa teneheta kāryāṇi
[sa teneheta kaaryaani]
naro nānyair anāpadi
[naro naanyair anaapadi]
yat — whatever yasya — of a man vā — either aniṣiddham — not forbidden syāt — it is so yena — by which means yatra — in place and time yataḥ — from which nṛpa — O King saḥ — such a person tena — by such a process īheta — should perform kāryāṇi — prescribed activities naraḥ — a person na — not anyaiḥ — by other ways anāpadi — in the absence of danger.
Blended reading (Sanskrit + English inline)
yad yasya vāniṣiddhaṁ syād
yat
whatever
yasya
of a man
vā
either
aniṣiddham
not forbidden
syāt
it is so
yena yatra yato nṛpa
yena
by which means
yatra
in place and time
yataḥ
from which
nṛpa
O King
sa teneheta kāryāṇi
saḥ
such a person
tena
by such a process
īheta
should perform
kāryāṇi
prescribed activities
naro nānyair anāpadi
naraḥ
a person
na
not
anyaiḥ
by other ways
anāpadi
in the absence of danger.
In normal conditions, in the absence of danger, O King Yudhiṣṭhira, a man should perform his prescribed activities according to his status of life with the things, endeavors, process and living place that are not forbidden for him, and not by any other means.

This instruction is given for men in all statuses of life. Generally society is divided into brāhmaṇas, kṣatriyas, vaiśyas, śūdras, brahmacārīs, vānaprasthas, sannyāsīs and gṛhasthas. Everyone must act according to his position and try to please the Supreme Personality of Godhead, for that will make one’s life successful. This was instructed in Naimiṣāraṇya:

ataḥ pumbhir dvija-śreṣṭhā varṇāśrama-vibhāgaśaḥ svanuṣṭhitasya dharmasya saṁsiddhir hari-toṣaṇam

“O best among the twice-born, it is therefore concluded that the highest perfection one can achieve, by discharging his prescribed duties [ dharma ] according to caste divisions and order of life, is to please the Lord Hari.” ( Bhāg. 1.2.13 ) Everyone should act according to his occupational duties just to please the Supreme Personality of Godhead. Then everyone will be happy.

— A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupāda
Viśvanātha Cakravartī Ṭhākura Gauḍīya
Translation
O King! In the absence of danger, a man should perform his prescribed activities according to his status of life with articles, means, place and cause that are not forbidden for him, and not by any other means. The conduct of the āśramas is now summarized. Yat refers to items not forbidden. Yena refers to the method and yataḥ refers to the reason.
Related verses
📝 My note

Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam 7.15.67

↗
ఏతైరన్యైశ్చ వేదోక్తైర్వర్తమాన: స్వకర్మభి: । గృహేఽప్యస్య గతిం యాయాద్ రాజంస్తద్భ‍క్తిభాఙ్‌‌నర: ॥ ౬౭ ॥
etair anyaiś ca vedoktair
[etair anyaish cha vedoktair]
vartamānaḥ sva-karmabhiḥ
[vartamaanah sva-karmabhih]
gṛhe ’py asya gatiṁ yāyād
[grihe ’py asya gatim yaayaad]
rājaṁs tad-bhakti-bhāṅ naraḥ
[raajams tad-bhakti-bhaan narah]
etaiḥ — by these ways anyaiḥ — by other ways ca — and veda-uktaiḥ — as directed in the Vedic literatures vartamānaḥ — abiding sva-karmabhiḥ — by one’s occupational duties gṛhe api — even at home asya — of Lord Kṛṣṇa gatim — destination yāyāt — can reach rājan — O King tat-bhakti-bhāk — who renders devotional service unto the Supreme Personality of Godhead naraḥ — any person.
Blended reading (Sanskrit + English inline)
etair anyaiś ca vedoktair
etaiḥ
by these ways
anyaiḥ
by other ways
ca
and
veda-uktaiḥ
as directed in the Vedic literatures
vartamānaḥ sva-karmabhiḥ
vartamānaḥ
abiding
sva-karmabhiḥ
by one’s occupational duties
gṛhe ’py asya gatiṁ yāyād
gṛhe api
even at home
asya
of Lord Kṛṣṇa
gatim
destination
yāyāt
can reach
rājaṁs tad-bhakti-bhāṅ naraḥ
rājan
O King
tat-bhakti-bhāk
who renders devotional service unto the Supreme Personality of Godhead
naraḥ
any person.
O King, one should perform his occupational duties according to these instructions, as well as other instructions given in the Vedic literature, just to remain a devotee of Lord Kṛṣṇa. Thus, even while at home, one will be able to reach the destination.

The ultimate goal of life is Viṣṇu, Kṛṣṇa. Therefore, either by Vedic regulative principles or by materialistic activities, if one tries to reach the destination of Kṛṣṇa, that is the perfection of life. Kṛṣṇa should be the target; everyone should try to reach Kṛṣṇa, from any position of life.

Kṛṣṇa accepts service from anyone. The Lord says in Bhagavad-gītā (9.32) :

māṁ hi pārtha vyapāśritya ye ’pi syuḥ pāpa-yonayaḥ striyo vaiśyās tathā śūdrās te ’pi yānti parāṁ gatim

“O son of Pṛthā, those who take shelter in Me, though they be of lower birth — women, vaiśyas [merchants], as well as śūdras [workers] — can approach the supreme destination.” It does not matter what one’s position is; if one aims at reaching Kṛṣṇa by performing his occupational duty under the direction of the spiritual master, his life is successful. It is not that only sannyāsīs, vānaprasthas and brahmacārīs can reach Kṛṣṇa. A gṛhastha, a householder, can also reach Kṛṣṇa, provided he becomes a pure devotee without material desires. An example of this is cited in the next verse.

— A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupāda
Viśvanātha Cakravartī Ṭhākura Gauḍīya
Translation
O King! If a person worships the Lord with devotion, though he remains in the house, he can attain Kṛṣṇa by performing his prescribed duties according what has been said here and according to other Vedic scriptures. The subject is concluded. If one is a householder and worships the Lord, he can attain Kṛṣṇa (gatim).
📝 My note

Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam 7.15.68

↗
యథా హి యూయం నృపదేవ దుస్త్యజా- దాపద్గణాదుత్తరతాత్మన: ప్రభో: । యత్పాదపఙ్కేరుహసేవయా భవా- నహారషీన్నిర్జితదిగ్గజ: క్రతూన్ ॥ ౬౮ ॥
yathā hi yūyaṁ nṛpa-deva dustyajād
[yathaa hi yooyam nripa-deva dustyajaad]
āpad-gaṇād uttaratātmanaḥ prabhoḥ
[aapad-ganaad uttarataatmanah prabhoh]
yat-pāda-paṅkeruha-sevayā bhavān
[yat-paada-pankeruha-sevayaa bhavaan]
ahāraṣīn nirjita-dig-gajaḥ kratūn
[ahaarasheen nirjita-dig-gajah kratoon]
yathā — as hi — indeed yūyam — all of you (Pāṇḍavas) nṛpa-deva — O lord of the kings, human beings and demigods dustyajāt — insurmountable āpat — dangerous conditions gaṇāt — from all uttarata — escaped ātmanaḥ — own prabhoḥ — of the Lord yat-pāda-paṅkeruha — whose lotus feet sevayā — by serving bhavān — yourself ahāraṣīt — performed nirjita — defeating dik-gajaḥ — the most powerful enemies, who were like elephants kratūn — ritualistic ceremonies.
Blended reading (Sanskrit + English inline)
yathā hi yūyaṁ nṛpa-deva dustyajād
yathā
as
hi
indeed
yūyam
all of you (Pāṇḍavas)
nṛpa-deva
O lord of the kings, human beings and demigods
dustyajāt
insurmountable
āpad-gaṇād uttaratātmanaḥ prabhoḥ
āpat
dangerous conditions
gaṇāt
from all
uttarata
escaped
ātmanaḥ
own
prabhoḥ
of the Lord
yat-pāda-paṅkeruha-sevayā bhavān
yat-pāda-paṅkeruha
whose lotus feet
sevayā
by serving
bhavān
yourself
ahāraṣīn nirjita-dig-gajaḥ kratūn
ahāraṣīt
performed
nirjita
defeating
dik-gajaḥ
the most powerful enemies, who were like elephants
kratūn
ritualistic ceremonies.
O King Yudhiṣṭhira, because of your service to the Supreme Lord, all of you Pāṇḍavas defeated the greatest dangers posed by numerous kings and demigods. By serving the lotus feet of Kṛṣṇa, you conquered great enemies, who were like elephants, and thus you collected ingredients for sacrifice. By His grace, may you be delivered from material involvement.

Placing himself as an ordinary householder, Mahārāja Yudhiṣṭhira inquired from Nārada Muni how a gṛha-mūḍha-dhī, a person who is entangled in household life and who thus continues to remain a fool, can be delivered. Nārada Muni encouraged Mahārāja Yudhiṣṭhira by saying, “You are already on the safe side because you, along with your entire family, have become a pure devotee of Kṛṣṇa.” By Kṛṣṇa’s grace, the Pāṇḍavas conquered in the Battle of Kurukṣetra and were saved from many dangers posed not only by kings but sometimes even by the demigods. Thus they are a practical example of how to live in security and safety by the grace of Kṛṣṇa. Everyone should follow the example of the Pāṇḍavas, who showed how to be saved by the grace of Kṛṣṇa. Our Kṛṣṇa consciousness movement is intended to teach how everyone can live peacefully in this material world and at the end of life return home, back to Godhead. In the material world there are always dangers at every step ( padaṁ padaṁ yad vipadāṁ na teṣām ). Nonetheless, if one takes shelter of Kṛṣṇa without hesitation and keeps under the shelter of Kṛṣṇa, he can easily cross the ocean of nescience. Samāśritā ye pada-pallava-plavaṁ mahat-padaṁ puṇya-yaśo murāreḥ. To the devotee, this great ocean of nescience becomes like a puddle of water in the hoofprint of a cow. A pure devotee, without embarrassing himself by trying for elevation in so many ways, stays in the safest position as a servant of Kṛṣṇa, and thus his life is eternally safe without a doubt.

— A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupāda
Viśvanātha Cakravartī Ṭhākura Gauḍīya
Translation
Just as you overcame the greatest dangers by service to your Lord, and just as you were able to gather the articles for sacrifice after conquering the directions by serving the Lord’s lotus feet, other devotees also serve the Lord. Bhagavān alone, the common goal of the āśramas as explained in the last five chapters, is the goal of the pure devotees, both sādhaka and siddha. However, the Lord, appearing directly to the siddhas, throws the siddhas into the whirlpool of both bliss and danger in order to make them dance in the waves of his prema. In all cases however just as he makes arrangement for them, they act according to proper conduct, and worship him at all times. The Pāṇḍavas are the proof of this. You, the Pāṇḍavas, overcame insurmountable dangers involving kings and devatās by serving the lotus feet of the Lord, through meditation and other processes. Uttarata should be uttaratha. Just as (yat) you gathered articles for sacrifices by service the Lord, so Ugrasena and others also served the Lord. The last phrase should be supplied to the sentence. Previously Yudhiṣṭhira had said he was just a householder ignorant of spiritual life (mādṛśo gṛha-mūḍha-dhīḥ SB 7.14.1). But one should not think that the Pāṇḍavas are amongst the regular householders. That is indicated by this verse.
📝 My note

Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam 7.15.69

↗
అహం పురాభవం కశ్చిద్గన్ధర్వ ఉపబర్హణ: । నామ్నాతీతే మహాకల్పే గన్ధర్వాణాం సుసమ్మత: ॥ ౬౯ ॥
ahaṁ purābhavaṁ kaścid
[aham puraabhavam kashchid]
gandharva upabarhaṇaḥ
[gandharva upabarhanah]
nāmnātīte mahā-kalpe
[naamnaateete mahaa-kalpe]
gandharvāṇāṁ susammataḥ
[gandharvaanaam susammatah]
aham — I myself purā — formerly abhavam — existed as kaścit gandharvaḥ — one of the denizens of Gandharvaloka upabarhaṇaḥ — Upabarhaṇa nāmnā — by the name atīte — long, long ago mahā-kalpe — in a life of Brahmā, which is known as a mahā-kalpa gandharvāṇām — among the Gandharvas su-sammataḥ — a very respectable person.
Blended reading (Sanskrit + English inline)
ahaṁ purābhavaṁ kaścid
aham
I myself
purā
formerly
abhavam
existed as
kaścit gandharvaḥ
one of the denizens of Gandharvaloka
gandharva upabarhaṇaḥ
upabarhaṇaḥ
Upabarhaṇa
nāmnātīte mahā-kalpe
nāmnā
by the name
atīte
long, long ago
mahā-kalpe
in a life of Brahmā, which is known as a mahā-kalpa
gandharvāṇāṁ susammataḥ
gandharvāṇām
among the Gandharvas
su-sammataḥ
a very respectable person.
Long, long ago, in another mahā-kalpa [millennium of Brahmā], I existed as the Gandharva known as Upabarhaṇa. I was very respected by the other Gandharvas.

Śrīla Nārada Muni is giving a practical example from his past life. Formerly, during the previous lifetime of Lord Brahmā, Nārada Muni was one of the denizens of Gandharvaloka, but unfortunately, as will be explained, he fell from his exalted position in Gandharvaloka, where the inhabitants are extremely beautiful and expert in singing, to become a śūdra. Nonetheless, because of his association with devotees, he became more fortunate than he was in Gandharvaloka. Even though cursed by the prajāpatis to become a śūdra, in his next life he became the son of Lord Brahmā.

The word mahā-kalpe is described by Śrīla Madhvācārya as atīta-brahma-kalpe. Brahmā dies at the end of a life of many millions of years. The day of Brahmā is described in Bhagavad-gītā (8.17) :

sahasra-yuga-paryantam ahar yad brahmaṇo viduḥ rātriṁ yuga-sahasrāntāṁ te ’ho-rātra-vido janāḥ

“By human calculation, a thousand ages taken together is the duration of Brahmā’s one day. And such also is the duration of his night.” Bhagavān Śrī Kṛṣṇa can remember incidents from millions of years ago. Similarly, His pure devotee like Nārada Muni can also remember incidents from a past life millions and millions of years ago.

— A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupāda
Viśvanātha Cakravartī Ṭhākura Gauḍīya
Translation
Long ago, in another lifetime of Brahmā, I existed as the Gandharva known as Upabarhaṇa and was respected by the other Gandharvas. The devotees will act as the Lord instructs, after attaining bhakti through fortunate association with other devotees. This instruction is the essence of the scriptures: dharmān santyajya yaḥ sarvān māṁ bhajeta sa tu sattamaḥ A person who, understanding good and bad aspects of dharma as taught by me, gives up all his duties and simply worships me is the best of all. . SB 11.11.32 The Lord says: jṣāna-niṣṭho virakto vā mad-bhakto vānapekṣakaḥ sa-liṅgān āśramāṁs tyaktvā cared avidhi-gocaraḥ A person fixed in jṣāna and detached from external objects, or my devotee who is detached even from desire for liberation—both should reject the āśrama duties based on external rituals or paraphernalia and conduct themselves beyond the range of rules. SB 11.18.28 Thus the devotees, taking instructions of the Lord as proof, do not depend on the rules of varṇāśrama conduct. Nārada explains this in terms of his previous birth in five verses.
📝 My note

Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam 7.15.70

↗
రూపపేశలమాధుర్యసౌగన్ధ్యప్రియదర్శన: । స్త్రీణాం ప్రియతమో నిత్యం మత్త: స్వపురలమ్పట: ॥ ౭౦ ॥
rūpa-peśala-mādhurya-
[roopa-peshala-maadhurya-]
saugandhya-priya-darśanaḥ
[saugandhya-priya-darshanah]
strīṇāṁ priyatamo nityaṁ
[streenaam priyatamo nityam]
mattaḥ sva-pura-lampaṭaḥ
[mattah sva-pura-lampatah]
rūpa — beauty peśala — formation of the body mādhurya — attractiveness saugandhya — very fragrant, being decorated with various flower garlands and sandalwood pulp priya-darśanaḥ — very beautiful to see strīṇām — of the women priya-tamaḥ — naturally attracted nityam — daily mattaḥ — proud like a madman sva-pura — in his own city lampaṭaḥ — very much attached to women because of lusty desires.
Blended reading (Sanskrit + English inline)
rūpa-peśala-mādhurya-
rūpa
beauty
peśala
formation of the body
mādhurya
attractiveness
saugandhya-priya-darśanaḥ
saugandhya
very fragrant, being decorated with various flower garlands and sandalwood pulp
priya-darśanaḥ
very beautiful to see
strīṇāṁ priyatamo nityaṁ
strīṇām
of the women
priya-tamaḥ
naturally attracted
nityam
daily
mattaḥ sva-pura-lampaṭaḥ
mattaḥ
proud like a madman
sva-pura
in his own city
lampaṭaḥ
very much attached to women because of lusty desires.
I had a beautiful face and a pleasing, attractive bodily structure. Decorated with flower garlands and sandalwood pulp, I was most pleasing to the women of my city. Thus I was bewildered, always feeling lusty desires.

From the description of the beauty of Nārada Muni when he was one of the denizens of Gandharvaloka, it appears that everyone on that planet is extremely beautiful and pleasing and always decorated with flowers and sandalwood. Upabarhaṇa was Nārada Muni’s name previously. Upabarhaṇa was specifically expert in decorating himself to attract the attention of women, and thus he became a playboy, as described in the next verse. To be a playboy in this life is unfortunate because too much attraction to women will lead one to fall into the association of śūdras, who can easily take advantage of mingling with women without restriction. In this present Age of Kali, when people are mandāḥ sumanda-matayaḥ — very bad because of a śūdra mentality — such free mingling is prominent. Among the higher classes — brāhmaṇa, kṣatriya and vaiśya — there is no chance for men to mingle with women freely, but in the śūdra community such mingling is open. Because there is no cultural education in this Age of Kali, everyone is spiritually untrained, and everyone is therefore to be considered śūdra ( aśuddhāḥ śūdra-kalpā hi brāhmaṇāḥ kali-sambhavāḥ ). When all the people become śūdras, certainly they are very bad ( mandāḥ sumanda-matayaḥ ). Thus they manufacture their own way of life, with the result that they gradually become unfortunate ( manda-bhāgyāḥ ), and furthermore they are always disturbed by various circumstances.

— A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupāda
Viśvanātha Cakravartī Ṭhākura Gauḍīya
Translation
I was friendly, and had an attractive body which was fragrant and well formed, attractive to women. I was proud, and enjoyed women in the Gandharva city. Peśalam means friendly.
📝 My note

Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam 7.15.71

↗
ఏకదా దేవసత్రే తు గన్ధర్వాప్సరసాం గణా: । ఉపహూతా విశ్వసృగ్భిర్హరిగాథోపగాయనే ॥ ౭౧ ॥
ekadā deva-satre tu
[ekadaa deva-satre tu]
gandharvāpsarasāṁ gaṇāḥ
[gandharvaapsarasaam ganaah]
upahūtā viśva-sṛgbhir
[upahootaa vishva-srigbhir]
hari-gāthopagāyane
[hari-gaathopagaayane]
ekadā — once upon a time deva-satre — in an assembly of the demigods tu — indeed gandharva — of the inhabitants of Gandharvaloka apsarasām — and the inhabitants of Apsaroloka gaṇāḥ — all upahūtāḥ — were invited viśva-sṛgbhiḥ — by the great demigods known as the prajāpatis hari-gātha-upagāyane — on an occasion of kīrtana for glorifying the Supreme Lord.
Blended reading (Sanskrit + English inline)
ekadā deva-satre tu
ekadā
once upon a time
deva-satre
in an assembly of the demigods
tu
indeed
gandharvāpsarasāṁ gaṇāḥ
gandharva
of the inhabitants of Gandharvaloka
apsarasām
and the inhabitants of Apsaroloka
gaṇāḥ
all
upahūtā viśva-sṛgbhir
upahūtāḥ
were invited
viśva-sṛgbhiḥ
by the great demigods known as the prajāpatis
hari-gāthopagāyane
hari-gātha-upagāyane
on an occasion of kīrtana for glorifying the Supreme Lord.
Once there was a saṅkīrtana festival to glorify the Supreme Lord in an assembly of the demigods, and the Gandharvas and Apsarās were invited by the prajāpatis to take part in it.

Saṅkīrtana means chanting of the holy name of the Lord. The Hare Kṛṣṇa movement is not a new movement as people sometimes mistakenly think. The Hare Kṛṣṇa movement is present in every millennium of Lord Brahmā’s life, and the holy name is chanted in all the higher planetary systems, including Brahmaloka and Candraloka, not to speak of Gandharvaloka and Apsaroloka. The saṅkīrtana movement that was started in this world five hundred years ago by Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu is therefore not a new movement. Sometimes, because of our bad luck, this movement is stopped, but Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu and His servants again start the movement for the benefit of the entire world or, indeed, the entire universe.

— A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupāda
Viśvanātha Cakravartī Ṭhākura Gauḍīya
Translation
Once, the Gandharvas and Apsarās were invited by the Prajāpatis to take part in a festival to glorify the Supreme Lord in an assembly of the devatās.
📝 My note

Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam 7.15.72

↗
అహం చ గాయంస్తద్విద్వాన్ స్త్రీభి: పరివృతో గత: । జ్ఞాత్వా విశ్వసృజస్తన్మే హేలనం శేపురోజసా । యాహి త్వం శూద్రతామాశు నష్టశ్రీ: కృతహేలన: ॥ ౭౨ ॥
ahaṁ ca gāyaṁs tad-vidvān
[aham cha gaayams tad-vidvaan]
strībhiḥ parivṛto gataḥ
[streebhih parivrito gatah]
jṣātvā viśva-sṛjas tan me
[jshaatvaa vishva-srijas tan me]
helanaṁ śepur ojasā
[helanam shepur ojasaa]
yāhi tvaṁ śūdratām āśu
[yaahi tvam shoodrataam aashu]
naṣṭa-śrīḥ kṛta-helanaḥ
[nashta-shreeh krita-helanah]
aham — I myself ca — and gāyan — singing the glories of other demigods rather than those of the Lord tat-vidvān — knowing very well the art of singing strībhiḥ — by women parivṛtaḥ — being surrounded gataḥ — went there jṣātvā — knowing well viśva-sṛjaḥ — the prajāpatis, to whom the management of universal affairs was entrusted tat — the attitude of my singing me — my helanam — negligence śepuḥ — cursed ojasā — with great force yāhi — become tvam — you śūdratām — a śūdra āśu — immediately naṣṭa — devoid of śrīḥ — beauty kṛta-helanaḥ — because of transgressing the etiquette.
Blended reading (Sanskrit + English inline)
ahaṁ ca gāyaṁs tad-vidvān
aham
I myself
ca
and
gāyan
singing the glories of other demigods rather than those of the Lord
tat-vidvān
knowing very well the art of singing
strībhiḥ parivṛto gataḥ
strībhiḥ
by women
parivṛtaḥ
being surrounded
gataḥ
went there
jṣātvā viśva-sṛjas tan me
jṣātvā
knowing well
viśva-sṛjaḥ
the prajāpatis, to whom the management of universal affairs was entrusted
tat
the attitude of my singing
me
my
helanaṁ śepur ojasā
helanam
negligence
śepuḥ
cursed
ojasā
with great force
yāhi tvaṁ śūdratām āśu
yāhi
become
tvam
you
śūdratām
a śūdra
āśu
immediately
naṣṭa-śrīḥ kṛta-helanaḥ
naṣṭa
devoid of
śrīḥ
beauty
kṛta-helanaḥ
because of transgressing the etiquette.
Nārada Muni continued: Being invited to that festival, I also joined, and, surrounded by women, I began musically singing the glories of the demigods. Because of this, the prajāpatis, the great demigods in charge of the affairs of the universe, forcefully cursed me with these words: “Because you have committed an offense, may you immediately become a śūdra, devoid of beauty.”

As far as kīrtana is concerned, the śāstras say, śravaṇaṁ kīrtanaṁ viṣṇoḥ: one should chant the glories of the Supreme Lord and the holy name of the Supreme Lord. This is clearly stated. Śravaṇaṁ kīrtanaṁ viṣṇoḥ: one should chant about and glorify Lord Viṣṇu, not any demigod. Unfortunately, there are foolish persons who invent some process of kīrtana on the basis of a demigod’s name. This is an offense. Kīrtana means glorifying the Supreme Lord, not any demigod. Sometimes people invent Kālī-kīrtana or Śiva-kīrtana, and even big sannyāsīs in the Māyāvāda school say that one may chant any name and still get the same result. But here we find that millions and millions of years ago, when Nārada Muni was a Gandharva, he neglected the order to glorify the Lord, and being mad in the association of women, he began to chant otherwise. Thus he was cursed to become a śūdra. His first offense was that he went to join the saṅkīrtana party in the company of lusty women, and another offense was that he considered ordinary songs, like cinema songs and other such songs, to be equal to saṅkīrtana. For this offense he was punished with becoming a śūdra.

— A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupāda
Viśvanātha Cakravartī Ṭhākura Gauḍīya
Translation
Knowing of this invitation, I went there singing, surrounded by many women. Understanding that I was making offense, the Prajāpatis cursed me in anger. “Because you have committed offense, you should immediately become a śūdra without beauty.” Knowing about this invitation, I also went, singing in an intoxicated way.
📝 My note

Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam 7.15.73

↗
తావద్దాస్యామహం జజ్ఞే తత్రాపి బ్రహ్మవాదినామ్ । శుశ్రూషయానుషఙ్గేణ ప్రాప్తోఽహం బ్రహ్మపుత్రతామ్ ॥ ౭౩ ॥
tāvad dāsyām ahaṁ jajṣe
[taavad daasyaam aham jajshe]
tatrāpi brahma-vādinām
[tatraapi brahma-vaadinaam]
śuśrūṣayānuṣaṅgeṇa
[shushrooshayaanushangena]
prāpto ’haṁ brahma-putratām
[praapto ’ham brahma-putrataam]
tāvat — since being cursed dāsyām — in the womb of a maidservant aham — I jajṣe — took birth tatrāpi — although (being a śūdra) brahma-vādinām — unto persons well conversant with the Vedic knowledge śuśrūṣayā — by rendering service anuṣaṅgeṇa — simultaneously prāptaḥ — obtained aham — I brahma-putratām — a birth as the son of Lord Brahmā (in this life).
Blended reading (Sanskrit + English inline)
tāvad dāsyām ahaṁ jajṣe
tāvat
since being cursed
dāsyām
in the womb of a maidservant
aham
I
jajṣe
took birth
tatrāpi brahma-vādinām
tatrāpi
although (being a śūdra)
brahma-vādinām
unto persons well conversant with the Vedic knowledge
śuśrūṣayānuṣaṅgeṇa
śuśrūṣayā
by rendering service
anuṣaṅgeṇa
simultaneously
prāpto ’haṁ brahma-putratām
prāptaḥ
obtained
aham
I
brahma-putratām
a birth as the son of Lord Brahmā (in this life).
Although I took birth as a śūdra from the womb of a maidservant, I engaged in the service of Vaiṣṇavas who were well-versed in Vedic knowledge. Consequently, in this life I got the opportunity to take birth as the son of Lord Brahmā.

The Supreme Personality of Godhead says in Bhagavad-gītā (9.32) :

māṁ hi pārtha vyapāśritya ye ’pi syuḥ pāpa-yonayaḥ striyo vaiśyās tathā śūdrās te ’pi yānti parāṁ gatim

“O son of Pṛthā, those who take shelter in Me, though they be of lower birth — women, vaiśyas [merchants], as well as śūdras [workers] — can approach the supreme destination.” It doesn’t matter whether a person is born as a śūdra, a woman or a vaiśya; if he associates with devotees repeatedly or always ( sādhu-saṅgena ), he can be elevated to the highest perfection. Nārada Muni is explaining this in relation to his own life. The saṅkīrtana movement is important, for regardless of whether one is a śūdra, vaiśya, mleccha, yavana or whatever, if one associates with a pure devotee, follows his instructions and serves the pure devotee, his life is successful. This is bhakti. Ānukūlyena kṛṣṇānuśīlanam. Bhakti consists of serving Kṛṣṇa and His devotees very favorably. Anyābhilāṣitā-śūnyam. If one has no desire other than to serve Kṛṣṇa and His devotee, then his life is successful. This is explained by Nārada Muni through this practical example from his own life.

— A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupāda
Viśvanātha Cakravartī Ṭhākura Gauḍīya
Translation
I took birth as a śūdra from the womb of a maidservant. By engaging repeatedly in service to Vaiṣṇavas who were well-versed in Vedic knowledge, I became the son of Lord Brahmā. Though born as a śūdra (tatrāpi), by association with devotees I became the son of Brahmā (at the beginning of this Brahmā’s life). Or tatrāpi can mean “in spite of the curse.” This story shows that bhakti originated in a previous life. Anusaṅgena means by repeated (anu) association, or by favorable association.
📝 My note

Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam 7.15.74

↗
ధర్మస్తే గృహమేధీయో వర్ణిత: పాపనాశన: । గృహస్థో యేన పదవీమఞ్జసా న్యాసినామియాత్ ॥ ౭౪ ॥
dharmas te gṛha-medhīyo
[dharmas te griha-medheeyo]
varṇitaḥ pāpa-nāśanaḥ
[varnitah paapa-naashanah]
gṛhastho yena padavīm
[grihastho yena padaveem]
aṣjasā nyāsinām iyāt
[ashjasaa nyaasinaam iyaat]
dharmaḥ — that religious process te — to you gṛha-medhīyaḥ — although attached to household life varṇitaḥ — explained (by me) pāpa-nāśanaḥ — the destruction of sinful reactions gṛhasthaḥ — a person in household life yena — by which padavīm — the position aṣjasā — very easily nyāsinām — of those in the renounced order of life iyāt — can obtain.
Blended reading (Sanskrit + English inline)
dharmas te gṛha-medhīyo
dharmaḥ
that religious process
te
to you
gṛha-medhīyaḥ
although attached to household life
varṇitaḥ pāpa-nāśanaḥ
varṇitaḥ
explained (by me)
pāpa-nāśanaḥ
the destruction of sinful reactions
gṛhastho yena padavīm
gṛhasthaḥ
a person in household life
yena
by which
padavīm
the position
aṣjasā nyāsinām iyāt
aṣjasā
very easily
nyāsinām
of those in the renounced order of life
iyāt
can obtain.
The process of chanting the holy name of the Lord is so powerful that by this chanting even householders [gṛhasthas] can very easily gain the ultimate result achieved by persons in the renounced order. Mahārāja Yudhiṣṭhira, I have now explained to you that process of religion.

This is a confirmation of the Kṛṣṇa consciousness movement. Anyone who takes part in this movement, regardless of what he is, can gain the topmost result achieved by a perfect sannyāsī, namely brahma-jṣāna (spiritual knowledge). Even more important, he can advance in devotional service. Mahārāja Yudhiṣṭhira thought that because he was a gṛhastha there was no hope of his being liberated, and therefore he asked Nārada Muni how he could get out of material entanglement. But Nārada Muni, citing a practical example from his own life, established that by associating with devotees and chanting the Hare Kṛṣṇa mantra, any man in any condition of life can achieve the highest perfection without a doubt.

— A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupāda
Viśvanātha Cakravartī Ṭhākura Gauḍīya
Translation
I have described to you the conduct of a person situated in family life, which destroys sin. By this method the householder can quickly attain the position of renunciation.
📝 My note

Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam 7.15.75

↗
యూయం నృలోకే బత భూరిభాగా లోకం పునానా మునయోఽభియన్తి । యేషాం గృహానావసతీతి సాక్షాద్ గూఢం పరం బ్రహ్మ మనుష్యలిఙ్గమ్ ॥ ౭౫ ॥
yūyaṁ nṛ-loke bata bhūri-bhāgā
[yooyam nri-loke bata bhoori-bhaagaa]
lokaṁ punānā munayo ’bhiyanti
[lokam punaanaa munayo ’bhiyanti]
yeṣāṁ gṛhān āvasatīti sākṣād
[yeshaam grihaan aavasateeti saakshaad]
gūḍhaṁ paraṁ brahma manuṣya-liṅgam
[goodham param brahma manushya-lingam]
yūyam — all of you Pāṇḍavas nṛ-loke — in this material world bata — indeed bhūri-bhāgāḥ — extremely fortunate lokam — all the planets of the universe punānāḥ — who can purify munayaḥ — great saintly persons abhiyanti — come to visit (just like ordinary persons) yeṣām — of whom gṛhān — the house of the Pāṇḍavas āvasati — resides iti — thus sākṣāt — directly gūḍham — very confidential param — transcendental brahma — the Parabrahman, Kṛṣṇa manuṣya-liṅgam — as if an ordinary human being.
Blended reading (Sanskrit + English inline)
yūyaṁ nṛ-loke bata bhūri-bhāgā
yūyam
all of you Pāṇḍavas
nṛ-loke
in this material world
bata
indeed
bhūri-bhāgāḥ
extremely fortunate
lokaṁ punānā munayo ’bhiyanti
lokam
all the planets of the universe
punānāḥ
who can purify
munayaḥ
great saintly persons
abhiyanti
come to visit (just like ordinary persons)
yeṣāṁ gṛhān āvasatīti sākṣād
yeṣām
of whom
gṛhān
the house of the Pāṇḍavas
āvasati
resides
iti
thus
sākṣāt
directly
gūḍhaṁ paraṁ brahma manuṣya-liṅgam
gūḍham
very confidential
param
transcendental
brahma
the Parabrahman, Kṛṣṇa
manuṣya-liṅgam
as if an ordinary human being.
My dear Mahārāja Yudhiṣṭhira, you Pāṇḍavas are so very fortunate in this world that many, many great saints, who can purify all the planets of the universe, come to your house just like ordinary visitors. Furthermore, the Supreme Personality of Godhead, Kṛṣṇa, is living confidentially with you in your house, just like your brother.

Here is a statement exalting a Vaiṣṇava. In human society, a brāhmaṇa is the most respected person. A brāhmaṇa is one who can understand Brahman, the impersonal Brahman, but hardly ever can one understand the Supreme Personality of Godhead, who is described by Arjuna in Bhagavad-gītā as paraṁ brahma. A brāhmaṇa may be extremely fortunate in having achieved brahma- jṣāna, but the Pāṇḍavas were so exalted that the Parabrahman, the Supreme Personality of Godhead, was living in their house like an ordinary human being. The word bhūri-bhāgāḥ indicates that the Pāṇḍavas were in a still higher position than brahmacārīs and brāhmaṇas. In the following verses, Nārada Muni repeatedly glorifies the position of the Pāṇḍavas.

— A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupāda
Viśvanātha Cakravartī Ṭhākura Gauḍīya
Translation
You Pāṇḍavas are most fortunate in this world. Sages who purify the planets come to your houses because the Supreme Brahman personally resides in your houses in a human form. You are better than Prahlāda and others. Definitely you are far superior to all the varṇas including brāhmaṇas and all the āśramas such as brahmacārī. This verse is repeated (see SB 7.10.48).
📝 My note

Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam 7.15.76

↗
స వా అయం బ్రహ్మ మహద్విమృగ్య కైవల్యనిర్వాణసుఖానుభూతి: । ప్రియ: సుహృద్ వ: ఖలు మాతులేయ ఆత్మార్హణీయో విధికృద్గురుశ్చ ॥ ౭౬ ॥
sa vā ayaṁ brahma mahad-vimṛgya-
[sa vaa ayam brahma mahad-vimrigya-]
kaivalya-nirvāṇa-sukhānubhūtiḥ
[kaivalya-nirvaana-sukhaanubhootih]
priyaḥ suhṛd vaḥ khalu mātuleya
[priyah suhrid vah khalu maatuleya]
ātmārhaṇīyo vidhi-kṛd guruś ca
[aatmaarhaneeyo vidhi-krid gurush cha]
saḥ — that Supreme Personality of Godhead vā — either ayam — Kṛṣṇa brahma — the Supreme Brahman mahat-vimṛgya — sought by great, great saintly persons (devotees of Kṛṣṇa) kaivalya-nirvāṇa-sukha — of liberation and transcendental bliss anubhūtiḥ — for the realization priyaḥ — very dear suhṛt — the well-wisher vaḥ — of all of you Pāṇḍavas khalu — famous as mātuleyaḥ — the son of your maternal uncle ātmā — heart and soul arhaṇīyaḥ — the most worshipable person vidhi-kṛt — giving direction guruḥ — your spiritual master ca — and.
Blended reading (Sanskrit + English inline)
sa vā ayaṁ brahma mahad-vimṛgya-
saḥ
that Supreme Personality of Godhead
vā
either
ayam
Kṛṣṇa
brahma
the Supreme Brahman
mahat-vimṛgya
sought by great, great saintly persons (devotees of Kṛṣṇa)
kaivalya-nirvāṇa-sukhānubhūtiḥ
kaivalya-nirvāṇa-sukha
of liberation and transcendental bliss
anubhūtiḥ
for the realization
priyaḥ suhṛd vaḥ khalu mātuleya
priyaḥ
very dear
suhṛt
the well-wisher
vaḥ
of all of you Pāṇḍavas
khalu
famous as
mātuleyaḥ
the son of your maternal uncle
ātmārhaṇīyo vidhi-kṛd guruś ca
ātmā
heart and soul
arhaṇīyaḥ
the most worshipable person
vidhi-kṛt
giving direction
guruḥ
your spiritual master
ca
and.
How wonderful it is that the Supreme Personality of Godhead, the Parabrahman, Kṛṣṇa, who is sought by great, great sages for the sake of liberation and transcendental bliss, is acting as your best well-wisher, your friend, your cousin, your heart and soul, your worshipable director, and your spiritual master.

Kṛṣṇa can become the director and spiritual master of anyone who is serious about getting the mercy of Kṛṣṇa. The Lord sends the spiritual master to train a devotee, and when the devotee is advanced, the Lord acts as the spiritual master within his heart.

teṣāṁ satata-yuktānāṁ bhajatāṁ prīti-pūrvakam dadāmi buddhi-yogaṁ taṁ yena mām upayānti te

“To those who are constantly devoted and worship Me with love, I give the understanding by which they can come to Me.” Kṛṣṇa does not become the direct spiritual master unless one is fully trained by His representative spiritual master. Therefore, as we have already discussed, the Lord’s representative spiritual master should not be considered an ordinary human being. The representative spiritual master never gives any false knowledge to his disciple, but only perfect knowledge. Thus he is the representative of Kṛṣṇa. Kṛṣṇa helps as the guru, or spiritual master, from within and from without. From without He helps the devotee as His representative, and from within He talks personally with the pure devotee and gives him instructions by which he may return home, back to Godhead.

— A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupāda
Viśvanātha Cakravartī Ṭhākura Gauḍīya
Translation
Parabrahman Kṛṣṇa, who is sought by sages for the happiness of liberation, is acting as your best well-wisher, your friend, your cousin, your heart and soul, your respectable giver of orders and your guru.
📝 My note

Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam 7.15.77

↗
న యస్య సాక్షాద్భ‍వపద్మజాదిభీ రూపం ధియా వస్తుతయోపవర్ణితమ్ । మౌనేన భక్త్యోపశమేన పూజిత: ప్రసీదతామేష స సాత్వతాం పతి: ॥ ౭౭ ॥
na yasya sākṣād bhava-padmajādibhī
[na yasya saakshaad bhava-padmajaadibhee]
rūpaṁ dhiyā vastutayopavarṇitam
[roopam dhiyaa vastutayopavarnitam]
maunena bhaktyopaśamena pūjitaḥ
[maunena bhaktyopashamena poojitah]
prasīdatām eṣa sa sātvatāṁ patiḥ
[praseedataam esha sa saatvataam patih]
na — not yasya — of whom (Lord Śrī Kṛṣṇa) sākṣāt — directly bhava — by Lord Śiva padma-ja-ādibhiḥ — Lord Brahmā and others rūpam — the form dhiyā — by meditation vastutayā — factually upavarṇitam — could be explained maunena — by silence bhaktyā — by devotional service upaśamena — by finishing all material activities pūjitaḥ — one who is so worshiped prasīdatām — may be pleased with us eṣaḥ — this saḥ — the same Personality of Godhead sātvatām — of the devotees patiḥ — who is the maintainer, master and guide.
Blended reading (Sanskrit + English inline)
na yasya sākṣād bhava-padmajādibhī
na
not
yasya
of whom (Lord Śrī Kṛṣṇa)
sākṣāt
directly
bhava
by Lord Śiva
padma-ja-ādibhiḥ
Lord Brahmā and others
rūpaṁ dhiyā vastutayopavarṇitam
rūpam
the form
dhiyā
by meditation
vastutayā
factually
upavarṇitam
could be explained
maunena bhaktyopaśamena pūjitaḥ
maunena
by silence
bhaktyā
by devotional service
upaśamena
by finishing all material activities
pūjitaḥ
one who is so worshiped
prasīdatām eṣa sa sātvatāṁ patiḥ
prasīdatām
may be pleased with us
eṣaḥ
this
saḥ
the same Personality of Godhead
sātvatām
of the devotees
patiḥ
who is the maintainer, master and guide.
Present here now is the same Supreme Personality of Godhead whose true form cannot be understood even by such great personalities as Lord Brahmā and Lord Śiva. He is realized by devotees because of their unflinching surrender. May that same Personality of Godhead, who is the maintainer of His devotees and who is worshiped by silence, by devotional service and by cessation of material activities, be pleased with us.

Lord Kṛṣṇa is not properly understood even by such exalted personalities as Lord Śiva and Lord Brahmā, what to speak of ordinary men, but by His causeless mercy He bestows the benediction of devotion upon His devotees, who can thus understand Kṛṣṇa as He is. Bhaktyā mām abhijānāti yāvān yaś cāsmi tattvataḥ. No one within this universe can understand Kṛṣṇa in truth, but if one engages in devotional service one can understand Him perfectly well. This is also confirmed by the Lord in the Seventh Chapter of Bhagavad-gītā (7.1) :

mayy āsakta-manāḥ pārtha yogaṁ yuṣjan mad-āśrayaḥ asaṁśayaṁ samagraṁ māṁ yathā jṣāsyasi tac chṛṇu

“Now, hear, O son of Pṛthā [Arjuna], how by practicing yoga in full consciousness of Me, with mind attached to Me, you can know Me in full, free from doubt.” Lord Kṛṣṇa Himself teaches how one can understand Him perfectly well, without a doubt. Not only the Pāṇḍavas but everyone who sincerely accepts the instructions of Kṛṣṇa can understand the Supreme Personality of Godhead as He is. After instructing Yudhiṣṭhira Mahārāja, Nārada Muni prays for the Lord’s blessings that He be pleased with everyone and that everyone become perfect in God consciousness and return home, back to Godhead.

— A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupāda
Viśvanātha Cakravartī Ṭhākura Gauḍīya
Translation
May the Lord of the Sātvatas, whose form cannot be factually described by Śiva, Brahmā or others by their intelligence, and who is worshipped by silence, by bhakti and by sense control, be pleased!
📝 My note

Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam 7.15.78

↗
శ్రీశుక ఉవాచ ఇతి దేవర్షిణా ప్రోక్తం నిశమ్య భరతర్షభ: । పూజయామాస సుప్రీత: కృష్ణం చ ప్రేమవిహ్వల: ॥ ౭౮ ॥
śrī-śuka uvāca
[shree-shuka uvaacha]
iti devarṣiṇā proktaṁ
[iti devarshinaa proktam]
niśamya bharatarṣabhaḥ
[nishamya bharatarshabhah]
pūjayām āsa suprītaḥ
[poojayaam aasa supreetah]
kṛṣṇaṁ ca prema-vihvalaḥ
[krishnam cha prema-vihvalah]
śrī-śukaḥ uvāca — Śrī Śukadeva Gosvāmī said iti — thus deva-ṛṣiṇā — by the great saint (Nārada Muni) proktam — described niśamya — hearing bharata-ṛṣabhaḥ — the best of the descendants in Bharata Mahārāja’s dynasty, namely Mahārāja Yudhiṣṭhira pūjayām āsa — worshiped su-prītaḥ — being extremely pleased kṛṣṇam — unto Lord Kṛṣṇa ca — also prema-vihvalaḥ — in the ecstasy of love of Kṛṣṇa.
Blended reading (Sanskrit + English inline)
śrī-śuka uvāca
śrī-śukaḥ uvāca
Śrī Śukadeva Gosvāmī said
iti devarṣiṇā proktaṁ
iti
thus
deva-ṛṣiṇā
by the great saint (Nārada Muni)
proktam
described
niśamya bharatarṣabhaḥ
niśamya
hearing
bharata-ṛṣabhaḥ
the best of the descendants in Bharata Mahārāja’s dynasty, namely Mahārāja Yudhiṣṭhira
pūjayām āsa suprītaḥ
pūjayām āsa
worshiped
su-prītaḥ
being extremely pleased
kṛṣṇaṁ ca prema-vihvalaḥ
kṛṣṇam
unto Lord Kṛṣṇa
ca
also
prema-vihvalaḥ
in the ecstasy of love of Kṛṣṇa.
Śrī Śukadeva Gosvāmī said: Mahārāja Yudhiṣṭhira, the best member of the Bharata dynasty, thus learned everything from the descriptions of Nārada Muni. After hearing these instructions, he felt great pleasure from within his heart, and in great ecstasy, love and affection, he worshiped Lord Kṛṣṇa.

It is natural that when someone belonging to one’s family circle is understood to be very great, one becomes ecstatic in love, thinking, “Oh, such a great personality is our relative!” When Śrī Kṛṣṇa, who was already known to the Pāṇḍavas, was further described by Nārada Muni to be the Supreme Personality of Godhead, naturally the Pāṇḍavas were amazed, thinking, “The Supreme Personality of Godhead is with us as our cousin!” Certainly their ecstasy was extraordinary.

— A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupāda
Viśvanātha Cakravartī Ṭhākura Gauḍīya
Translation
Śukadeva Gosvāmī said: Mahārāja Yudhiṣṭhira, the best member of the Bhārata dynasty, after hearing from Nārada, with great affection and prema, worshipped Kṛṣṇa. The word ca indicates that he also worshipped Nārada. He was in ecstasy because he was thinking how Kṛṣṇa was acting as his brother.
📝 My note

Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam 7.15.79

↗
కృష్ణపార్థావుపామన్‍త్ర్య పూజిత: ప్రయయౌ ముని: । శ్రుత్వా కృష్ణం పరం బ్రహ్మ పార్థ: పరమవిస్మిత: ॥ ౭౯ ॥
kṛṣṇa-pārthāv upāmantrya
[krishna-paarthaav upaamantrya]
pūjitaḥ prayayau muniḥ
[poojitah prayayau munih]
śrutvā kṛṣṇaṁ paraṁ brahma
[shrutvaa krishnam param brahma]
pārthaḥ parama-vismitaḥ
[paarthah parama-vismitah]
kṛṣṇa — Lord Kṛṣṇa pārthau — and Mahārāja Yudhiṣṭhira upāmantrya — bidding farewell pūjitaḥ — being worshiped by them prayayau — left (that place) muniḥ — Nārada Muni śrutvā — after hearing kṛṣṇam — about Kṛṣṇa param brahma — as the Supreme Personality of Godhead pārthaḥ — Mahārāja Yudhiṣṭhira parama-vismitaḥ — became most amazed.
Blended reading (Sanskrit + English inline)
kṛṣṇa-pārthāv upāmantrya
kṛṣṇa
Lord Kṛṣṇa
pārthau
and Mahārāja Yudhiṣṭhira
upāmantrya
bidding farewell
pūjitaḥ prayayau muniḥ
pūjitaḥ
being worshiped by them
prayayau
left (that place)
muniḥ
Nārada Muni
śrutvā kṛṣṇaṁ paraṁ brahma
śrutvā
after hearing
kṛṣṇam
about Kṛṣṇa
param brahma
as the Supreme Personality of Godhead
pārthaḥ parama-vismitaḥ
pārthaḥ
Mahārāja Yudhiṣṭhira
parama-vismitaḥ
became most amazed.
Nārada Muni, being worshiped by Kṛṣṇa and Mahārāja Yudhiṣṭhira, bade them farewell and went away. Yudhiṣṭhira Mahārāja, having heard that Kṛṣṇa, his cousin, is the Supreme Personality of Godhead, was struck with wonder.

After hearing the conversation between Nārada and Yudhiṣṭhira, if one still has any doubts about Kṛṣṇa’s being the Supreme Personality of Godhead, one should immediately give them up. Asaṁśayaṁ samagram. Without any doubt and without any defect, one should understand Kṛṣṇa to be the Supreme Personality of Godhead and thus surrender at His lotus feet. Ordinary persons do not do this, even after hearing all the Vedas, but if one is fortunate, although it may be even after many, many births, he comes to this conclusion ( bahūnāṁ janmanām ante jṣānavān māṁ prapadyate ).

— A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupāda
Viśvanātha Cakravartī Ṭhākura Gauḍīya
Translation
Nārada, after being worshiped by Kṛṣṇa and Mahārāja Yudhiṣṭhira, bade them farewell and departed. Yudhiṣṭhira Mahārāja, having heard that Kṛṣṇa was the supreme Brahman, was struck with wonder. Kṛṣṇa-pārthāv means Kṛṣṇa and Arjuna, or Kṛṣṇa and Yudhiṣṭhira. When Nārada was about to depart they again worshipped him.
📝 My note

Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam 7.15.80

↗
ఇతి దాక్షాయణీనాం తే పృథగ్వంశా: ప్రకీర్తితా: । దేవాసురమనుష్యాద్యా లోకా యత్ర చరాచరా: ॥ ౮౦ ॥ సత్త్వేన ప్రతిలభ్యాయ నైష్కర్మ్యేణ విపశ్చితా । నమ: కైవల్యనాథాయ నిర్వాణసుఖసంవిదే ॥ ౧౧ ॥
iti dākṣāyaṇīnāṁ te
[iti daakshaayaneenaam te]
pṛthag vaṁśāḥ prakīrtitāḥ
[prithag vamshaah prakeertitaah]
devāsura-manuṣyādyā
[devaasura-manushyaadyaa]
lokā yatra carācarāḥ
[lokaa yatra charaacharaah]
iti — thus dākṣāyaṇīnām — of the daughters of Mahārāja Dakṣa, like Aditi and Diti te — to you pṛthak — separately vaṁśāḥ — the dynasties prakīrtitāḥ — described (by me) deva — the demigods asura — demons manuṣya — and human beings ādyāḥ — and so on lokāḥ — all the planets within the universe yatra — wherein cara-acarāḥ — moving and nonmoving living entities.
Blended reading (Sanskrit + English inline)
iti dākṣāyaṇīnāṁ te
iti
thus
dākṣāyaṇīnām
of the daughters of Mahārāja Dakṣa, like Aditi and Diti
te
to you
pṛthag vaṁśāḥ prakīrtitāḥ
pṛthak
separately
vaṁśāḥ
the dynasties
prakīrtitāḥ
described (by me)
devāsura-manuṣyādyā
deva
the demigods
asura
demons
manuṣya
and human beings
ādyāḥ
and so on
lokā yatra carācarāḥ
lokāḥ
all the planets within the universe
yatra
wherein
cara-acarāḥ
moving and nonmoving living entities.
On all the planets within this universe, the varieties of living entities, moving and nonmoving, including the demigods, demons and human beings, were all generated from the daughters of Mahārāja Dakṣa. I have now described them and their different dynasties.

Thus end the Bhaktivedanta purports of the Seventh Canto, Fifteenth Chapter, of the Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam, entitled “Instructions for Civilized Human Beings.”

— Completed on the night of Vaiśākhī Śukla Ekādaśī, the tenth of May, 1976, in the temple of the Paṣcatattva, New Navadvīpa (Honolulu), by the mercy of śrī-kṛṣṇa-caitanya prabhu nityānanda śrī-advaita gadādhara śrīvāsādi-gaura-bhakta-vṛnda . Thus we may happily chant Hare Kṛṣṇa, Hare Kṛṣṇa, Kṛṣṇa Kṛṣṇa, Hare Hare/ Hare Rāma, Hare Rāma, Rāma Rāma, Hare Hare.

END OF THE SEVENTH CANTO

— A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupāda
Viśvanātha Cakravartī Ṭhākura Gauḍīya
Translation
I have thus described the different dynasties arising from Dakṣa’s daughters, which generated devatās, demons and humans, and other moving and non-moving entities. The commentary Śārātha-darśinī on Fifteenth Chapter of the Seventh Canto has been completed to give pleasure to the hearts of the devotees in accordance with the views of the ācāryas. With fear and shame, I say what I know out of foolishness, because of the pleasure it produces in my mind. Intelligent people may become angry. But may the boy with the peacock feather, being favorable to me, appear before those who complain about me! By the mercy of the Lord I have finished the commentary on the Seventh Canto on the eleventh lunar day of the waning phase of Pauṣa month on the bank of Rādhā-kuṇḍa. Canto 8 Canto Eight Chapter One Payers Svāyambhuva Manu Eighth Canto Withdrawal of the Cosmic Creations Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam Canto 8: "Withdrawal of the Cosmic Creations" 1. The Manus, Administrators of the Universe • Translations 1-33 2. The Elephant Gajendra's Crisis • Translations 1-33 3. Gajendra's Prayers of Surrender • Translations 1-33 4. Gajendra Returns to the Spiritual World • Translations 1-26 5. The Demigods Appeal to the Lord for Protection • Translations 1-50 6. The Demigods and Demons Declare a Truce • Translations 1-39 7. Lord Śiva Saves the Universe by Drinking Poison • Translations 1-46 8. The Churning of the Milk Ocean • Translations 1-45 9. The Lord Incarnates as Mohinī-mūrti • Translations 1-29 10. The Battle Between the Demigods and the Demons • Translations 1-57 11. King Indra Annihilates the Demons • Translations 1-48 12. The Mohinī-mūrti Incarnation Bewilders Lord Śiva • Translations 1-47 13. Description of Future Manus • Translations 1-36 14. The System of Universal Management • Translations 1-11 15. Bali Mahārāja Conquers the Heavenly Planets • Translations 1-36 16. Executing the Payo-vrata Process of Worship • Translations 1-62 17. The Supreme Lord Agrees to Become Aditi's Son • Translations 1-28 18. Lord Vāmanadeva, the Dwarf Incarnation • Translations 1-32 19. Lord Vāmanadeva Begs Charity from Bali Mahārāja • Translations 1-43 20. Bali Mahārāja Surrenders the Universe • Translations 1-34 21. Bali Mahārāja Arrested by the Lord • Translations 1-34 22. Bali Mahārāja Surrenders His Life • Translations 1-36 23. The Demigods Regain the Heavenly Planets • Translations 1-31 24. Matsya, the Lord's Fish Incarnation • Translations 1-61 8.1: The Manus, Administrators of the Universe 1. The Manus, Administrators of the Universe 8.1 Summary First of all, let me offer my humble, respectful obeisances unto the lotus feet of my spiritual master, His Divine Grace Śrī Śrīmad Bhaktisiddhānta Sarasvatī Gosvāmī Prabhupāda. Sometime in the year 1935 when His Divine Grace was staying at Rādhā-kuṇḍa, I went to see him from Bombay. At that time, he gave me many important instructions in regard to constructing temples and publishing books. He personally told me that publishing books is more important than constructing temples. Of course, those same instructions remained within my mind for many years. In 1944 I began publishing my Back to Godhead, and when I retired from family life in 1958 I began publishing Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam in Delhi. When three parts of Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam had been published in India, I then started for the United States of America on the thirteenth of August, 1965. I am continuously trying to publish books, as suggested by my spiritual master. Now, in this year, 1976, I have completed the Seventh Canto of Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam, and a summary of the Tenth Canto has already been published as Kṛṣṇa, the Supreme Personality of Godhead. Still, the Eighth Canto, Ninth Canto, Tenth Canto, Eleventh Canto and Twelfth Canto are yet to be published. On this occasion, therefore, I am praying to my spiritual master to give me strength to finish this work. I am neither a great scholar nor a great devotee; I am simply a humble servant of my spiritual master, and to the best of my ability I am trying to please him by publishing these books, with the cooperation of my disciples in America. Fortunately, scholars all over the world are appreciating these publications. Let us cooperatively publish more and more volumes of Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam just to please His Divine Grace Bhaktisiddhānta Sarasvatī Ṭhākura. This First Chapter of the Eighth Canto may be summarized as a description of four Manus, namely Svāyambhuva, Svārociṣa, Uttama and Tāmasa. After hearing descriptions of the dynasty of Svāyambhuva Manu until the end of the Seventh Canto, Mahārāja Parīkṣit desired to know about other Manus. He desired to understand how the Supreme Personality of Godhead descends—not only in the past but at the present and in the future—and how He acts in various pastimes as Manu. Since Parīkṣit Mahārāja was eager to know all this, Śukadeva Gosvāmī gradually described all the Manus, beginning with the six Manus who had appeared in the past. The first Manu was Svāyambhuva Manu. His two daughters, namely Ākūti and Devahūti, gave birth to two sons, named Yajṣa and Kapila respectively. Because Śukadeva Gosvāmī had already described the activities of Kapila in the Third Canto, he now described the activities of Yajṣa. The original Manu, along with his wife, Śatarūpā, went into the forest to practice austerities on the bank of the river Sunandā. They practiced austerities for a hundred years, and then Manu, in a trance, formed prayers to the Supreme Personality of Godhead. Rākṣasas and asuras then attempted to devour him, but Yajṣa, accompanied by his sons the Yāmas and the demigods, killed them. Then Yajṣa personally took the post of Indra, the King of the heavenly planets. The second Manu, whose name was Svārociṣa, was the son of Agni, and His sons were headed by Dyumat, Suṣeṇa and Rociṣmat. In the age of this Manu, Rocana became Indra, the ruler of the heavenly planets, and there were many demigods, headed by Tuṣita. There were also many saintly persons, such as Ūrja and Stambha. Among them was Vedaśirā, whose wife, Tuṣitā, gave birth to Vibhu. Vibhu instructed eighty-eight thousand dṛḍha-vratas, or saintly persons, on self-control and austerity. Uttama, the son of Priyavrata, was the third Manu. Among his sons were Pavana, Sṛṣjaya and Yajṣahotra. During the reign of this Manu, the sons of Vasiṣṭha, headed by Pramada, became the seven saintly persons. The Satyas, Devaśrutas and Bhadras became the demigods, and Satyajit became Indra. From the womb of Sunṛtā, the wife of Dharma, the Lord appeared as Satyasena, and He killed all the Yakṣas and Rākṣasas who were fighting with Satyajit. Tāmasa, the brother of the third Manu, was the fourth Manu, and he had ten sons, including Pṛthu, Khyāti, Nara and Ketu. During his reign, the Satyakas, Haris, Vīras and others were demigods, the seven great saints were headed by Jyotirdhāma, and Triśikha became Indra. Harimedhā begot a son named Hari in the womb of his wife Hariṇī. This Hari, an incarnation of God, saved the devotee Gajendra. This incident is described as gajendra-mokṣaṇa. At the end of this chapter, Parīkṣit Mahārāja particularly asks about this incident.
📝 My note